Home

890GTB Battery Inverter Product Manual

1. b Lc 2 SEITE 3 Grid Tie Inverter Typical SunSpec Model Information uses B 6 Grid Tie Inverter Typical SunSpec SCADA available data icc A EAS AE E NE EEA A B 13 n C 1 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 APPENDIX D ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT MANUALS i 5554 n Ain a AASAD beasecd D 1 Bender Ground Fault Monitor See Technical Bulletin NAE1012020 PAT eroana rrean E rar ED D 2 Nabienallrstreurme ms COMPS CERIO PIC ose savas esr wi ettet M taka e oso MOT D 6 Parker HPC HPX Series PowerStation User Guide NAP VG p su eth Er EHE HE e tese t D 13 Shark Power and Enes Meter User Guide cii stri ER PH ei erii tad c acts ra rp e rH ope rn D 19 APPENDIX TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIQONS 5 5200 eo EE Eo bos o Renee Vene a Ene Ea ER
2. Example Product Code B 220 6 oc 5 5 4 0 01 5 Application Solar Energy Storage Power Rating 2200kVA 220 2100kVA 210 1950kVA 195 1800kVA 180 1750kVA 175 1700kVA 170 1600kVA 160 1500kVA 150 1450kVA 145 1400kVA 140 1250kVA 125 1200kVA 120 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 3 4 Operations Example Product Code Frequency DC Connection 50 Hz 60 Hz Solar 400 A 16 inputs Solar 400A 12 inputs Solar 350A 16 inputs Solar 350A 12 inputs Solar 315A 16 inputs Solar 315A 12 inputs Solar 250A 16 inputs Solar 250A 12 inputs Solar 200A 16 inputs Solar 200A 12 inputs Contactor DC Breaker AC Connection Close Coupled Bottom Entry Ground Negative Bus Grounded Positive Bus Grounded Ungrounded w GF Detector Ungrounded w o GF Detector Enclosure Power Meter White IP65 Gray IP65 White IP65 Harsh Environment Gray IP65 Harsh Environment IP21 Custom Standard With Harmonics with Waveform Capture 220 6 oc 5 s 5 56 52 46 42 36 32 26 22 16 12 oc 0B 2 25 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Example Product Code Operations 3 5 Communications None Ether
3. 4 1 DI DIO Spare 4 2 DI 011 4 3 DI DI2 Spare 4 4 DI DI3 AC Filter Contactor AUX 4 5 DI 04 EPO STATUS 4 6 DI 015 LC21 Choke Temp Status 4 7 DI 016 LC22 Choke Temp Status 4 8 DI DI7 LC23 Choke Temp Status 4 11 DI DI8 LC31 Choke Temp Status 4 12 DI DI9 LC32 Choke Temp Status 4 13 DI DI10 LC33 Choke Temp Status 4 14 DI DI11 LC41 Choke Temp Status 4 15 DI 012 1 42 Choke Temp Status 4 16 DI DI13 LC43 Choke Temp Status 4 17 DI 014 5 4 18 DI 0115 4 20 DI 0116 55 4 21 DI DI17 FORCE HMI ON 4 p DI 0118 SERVICE LIGHTS 4 23 DI DI19 RESET EPO 4 24 DI DI20 Spare 4 25 DI DI21 Spare 4 26 DI DI22 Spare 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 27 DI DI23 Spare 4 30 DI DI24 INVERTER RUNNING 4 31 DI 0125 5 4 32 DI DI26 INGRESS DETECTION 4 33 DI DI27 Spare 4 34 DI 0128 5 4 35 DI 0129 5 4 36 DI DI30 Spare 4 37 DI DI31 Spare 5 1 DO DOO DC BUS MAIN CONTACTOR 5 2 DO DO1 DCPC CONTACTOR 5 3 DO DO2 DCPC CONTACTOR 5 4 DO DO3 Spare 5 5 DO DO4 Spare 5 6 DO DO5 Spare 5 7 DO DO6 Spare 5 8 DO DO7 Spare 5 11 DO DOS8 Spare 5 12 DO 009 5 5 13 DO DO10 Spare 5 14 DO DO11 Spare 5 15 DO DO12 Spare 5 16 DO DO13 Spare 5 17 DO DO14 Pump Speed Demand Bit O 5 18 DO DO15 Pump S
4. 0 91 3 25 2 31cm 1826 N A B m Isl gt dal v NA op EL Cj Power Supply ls 3 56 xj 9 04cm DIN Brackets Qty 2 1 UIT ee 3 56 9 04cm 00000000 ANSI Mounting Rods Screw in Qty 4 Power Supply Inputs RS485 OUTPUT DO NOT put Voltage on these terminals Voltage Inputs 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 27 Ground Connections The meter s Ground terminals should be connected directly to the installation s protective earth ground Use AWG 12 2 5 mm2 wire for this connection Voltage Fuses EIG recommends the use of fuses on each of the sense Voltages and on the control power even though the wiring diagrams in this chapter do not show them Use a 0 1 Amp fuse on each Voltage input Use a 3 Amp Slow Blow fuse on the power supply 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 28 Associated Equipment SIEMENS Catalog No Bestell Nr WLULOPMAN1 Document Order CBIM 01001 0504 All maintenance and inspections shall be accomplished using manufacturer documentation and procedures These instructions are intended to point the Purchaser end user to the manufacturer documentation which does not purport
5. terre pfe bmp d es Hecuba dia dede rece teeter reer crt reer rte 3 41 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING 2 5 EE 4 1 VANG 4 2 HO ETE FNS 4 3 Inverter od clog sd eo EE O 4 3 Typical Table of Symptoms and Possible GU aan nede 4 4 Typical Equipment SPECIE Fron TEE LT E 4 13 Typical Level of Training Required to Replace CompoRetibs tru as Lc n a a Pee LY OLOR CH dedo EY ond ee 4 16 Typical PLE VOAssociated Fault eo obire do nS ou tur M On 4 19 Systeme DO ssi Ee sue aei fetus bir LN LI UE UD I ER ret 4 26 Inverter Key 4 34 COOLING SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING isis 4 36 Typical HMI Annunciated Fault Codes rore dk eoe EE oec Ry ai obe Rob add Ree eR ERI d FRE bead ob ed FEE D FRE Roe 4 44 Typical System One Line Drawing Shown with 480VAC Grid Connection ccccccssccesscecsssceesseceeseeceeeccsaeeessaecsenseceaeeesaaesseaseceseeessueeseauessessecseeeessaeesesaeeseneesegs 4 48 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 VANN s encor rides vas
6. Precharge NG Rige Through 01 R1 C1 C2 Ride Through Drop Out Delay Component Failure Capability Component Failure EPO Switch Switch Depressed Main Access Door Filter Access Door Component Failure EPOT EPO Safety Monit Rel og DC Connection Access Door Switch Activated DC Contactor Access Door Component Failure EPOA Relay Relay Not Activated 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 7 S8 S12 both channels must close within 30 mS to reset EPO Safety Monitoring Relay the Safety Relay EPO will not reset EPO Reset Switch Switch S5 Fails to Close Inverter 10A 1 EPO Status Component Failure Digital Input 7 Low EPO Safety Monitoring Relay EPO Safety Monitoring Relay IGBTs ON when System Faults EPO does not trip Inverter 10A 1 Component Failure EPO Status Digital Input 7 High Short Phase to Ground Beds E AC Connection Points High Structural Damage nad au i SUL owe Bender Lose grounding connection to the array Ground Fault Voltage Connections Water Damage Inverter would trip 10F21 10F22 not blown Rodents Pests Fuse Indicator False Indication Component Failure Inverter would trip S dic Nui G d Component Failure e s Bender Ground Fault Monitor False Indication i Ground Fault Trip Fault Trips Noise DCB DC Contactor welded power contacts DC Bus remains Des oc contactor welde power contas
7. Enable Group Alarm Group Pic Description On Figure 3 39 HMI ALARM CONTROL Screen 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 3 32 Operations TREND Screen A value of 10096 indicates that the X axis width The TREND screen allows the operator to chart selected parameters is 10 seconds 5096 indicates 20 seconds 2596 indicates 40 seconds Brings up the screen to select which data values to chart 2 Sets the Y axis DG Link Volts maximum value AG Mains Gurrent Meter Amps AC Mains Volts 3 Meter Amps Measured Sync Frequency i Meter ut e Meter Volts AB Heat Sink Temp jeter BC Real Current Demand id Meter Voits CA Reactive Current Demand 419 Meter Watts E Meter VARs Real Current Feedback Id Meter Power Factor Load Print Reactive Current Feedback Ia Meter Dat Sets the Y axis a minimum value PCM PLC Alarm Name gt PLC POM Actusl PWM Frequency First Trip Load Search Print Alarm Name Description pU c i Figure 3 40 TREND and PEN SELECT Screen 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Operations 3 33 Miscellaneous Screen The MISC screen allows the operator to monitor and adjust selected data Recall Commit xHMliStartupRecall blo
8. Keep Running Failure Annunciated 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 1 6 Troubleshooting Typical Level of Training Required to Replace Components 10A1 2 LA472972W001 PCM X X X 6 10F24 25 5 Precharge Fuses 10A 1000VDC X X X 6 11A1 12A1 2 Condenser Fan Controller X X X 6 11 1 12 1 Evaporator Fan X X X 6 A1 1 PLC Chassis X X X 6 A1 1 PLC I O Module X X X 6 A2 1 473490 WINFORD BREAKOUT BOX X X X 6 A3 1 ETHERNET SWITCH 8 PORT X X X A5 1 INDUSTRIAL PC AND TOUCHSCREEN X X X 6 CB3 4 8 AC C B 600VAC 100A 65kA X X X 1 6 DCB 6 DC Contactors X X X 1 6 EPOA T 1 DM353132 TIMER AUX TDD 10 1C 120VAC X X X 6 FUSE NON BOLTED FUSES X X X 6 LIGHT 1 LF1B N Series LED Light Strip 134mm X X X 6 LIGHT 4 LF1B N Series LED Light Strip 580mm X X X 6 PS1 5 1 Power Supplies X X X 6 P B 1 SWITCHES and SWITCH Components X X X 6 S8 14 Magnetic safety Sensor Actuator X X X 6 T1 4 8 Transformer 315VAC 220VAC 4 5KVA X X X 6 T2 4 8 Transformer 315VAC 120VAC 4KVA X X X 6 VR1 3 4 8 AC Surge Suppression 240VAC X X X 1 6 VR4 4 8 AC Surge Suppression 400VAC X X X 1 6 VR5 6 4 8 DC Surge Suppression 600VAC X X X 1 6 10A1 2 144729577790 Phase Module P X X 5 6 10A1 2 LA473080U001 Aux Power Dist Assembly P X X 6 10A2 2 144718920002 AFE SYNCHRONIZATION ATTENUATOR P X X 6 10R1 2 5 CZ389853 Resistor 460VAC 1000 100W X X 6 12B1 4 2 E
9. LVRT and DC auxiliary power from power supply PS3 OTHER 24 The LVRT power supply has an RC network designed to provide Low Voltage Ride Through to critical control functions PS3 provides 24V for pump evaporator and non LVRT functions Analog inputs interface board and the Therminal strings receive 15 VDC from 54 and 15 VDC from PS5 Power supplies are located on LA473303U002 See Figure 3 7 Provided on each PCM is a USB port for programming Parker DSE Lite software is available for programming of the PCM should it ever be necessary to back up or modify the originally provided program It is not recommended that any programming changes be made other than by Parker or a Parker designated service provider The power stack includes three parallel connected phase modules per phase which provide conversion from DC to AC modules are easily removed and replaced with minimal manipulation of power wiring Quick break no leak connectors eliminate significant loss of refrigerant when a module is removed Figure 3 6 Inverter Phase Modules 3 per phase for a total of 9 modules 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Installed in Power Stack 3 10 Operations Power Flow Grid Feed side AC power is fed to the grid through the phase modules See Figure 3 9 The output of each phase module is connected to individual output phase inductors Inductors are cooled with liquid cooling circuits and m
10. 1100Vdc 1200 Linearly interpolate between Vdc points 3 16 Operations Other Environmental Factors to Consider The 890GTB may limit output current due to extreme environmental conditions Sustained winds of over 40MPH that are directed in direct opposition to the 890GTB condenser fans may result in output current limitation but wind gusts should have minimal effect on system performance The 890GTB will derate its output to allow for continued grid operation if high sustained winds are present Consult the factory if assistance is required for wind shielding the 890GTB Damaging hail or large windborne foreign objects may also damage the enclosure paint system and or condenser fins In the event of these extreme events the 890GTB should be inspected to ensure integrity of its paint system and health of the condenser fins Damaged paint can result in corrosion and permanent damage to the enclosure damaged condenser fins may cause derated output of the 890GTB Typical Ground Fault Detection The BENDER IRDH275 detects ground faults in ungrounded systems by measuring the system s insulation resistance to ground A ground fault can be detected before leakage current may even be present AGH150W 4 coupling device extends the voltage range to 1760 VDC When the measured insulation resistance falls below the set response value two separately adjustable alarm contacts can be set to indicate a prewarning and main warning alarm The
11. NN 1 9 1 10 CHAPTER 2 GETTING STARTED 2 1 Typical Related Boer EE X Yo Fato RO CCXV SX YOU cles E Tr xa ta uve CUTE ME 2 3 Abbrevidtiahs Ben cu des reor etta te een decis eei cin refe remp annalene 2 4 CHAPTER 3 OPERATIONS T 3 1 GT Cormimuhications Uo ofl lols osi eer M eu pci vae imde condos 3 2 SVENE c bores Fi ke Pf RUBER Pelei rtu a ro EPI bra var 3 9 T 3 34 SPA MUMS U 5 P M N 3 37 MACHINE TATE ca strates M RR 3 38 TE O
12. 3200 1500 2 1 1 8903 1M 00 00 ETHERNET MODBUS TCP 890 EGT LA473001W260 1 1 A 471775 AC890PX Pump Control Module EGT LA471775U001 1 4 T AH473315U001 55 TDC DC THML GT3000 EGT LA472983U001 1 105 A AH473353W001 ASSY 70 40 1T6 EGT LA472983U001 10 1 F CH352006U020 FUSE CLASS CC T D 600VAC 2A FNQ R 2 BUSSMANN LB472963 10 3 F CH352124U025 FUSE D E T D 0 41 1 5 250VAC 2 5A FNM 2 5 BUSSMANN LA473303U001 10 6 F CH352124U050 FUSE D E T D 0 41 1 5 250VAC FNM 5 BUSSMANN LA473303U001 10 1 F CH352124U150 FUSE D E T D 0 41 1 5 250VAC 5A FNM 5 BUSSMANN LA473303U001 10 4 F CH352124U200 FUSE D E T D 0 41 1 5 250VAC 20A FNM 20 BUSSMANN LA473303U001 10 1 F CH352124U300 FUSE D E T D 0 41x1 5 250VAC 5A FNM 5 BUSSMANN LA473303U001 10 3 VR CK473288U240 ACSurge Suppression Strikesorb 240VAC 20kA SPD 40 B Raycap LB472963 1 1 VR 4732880400 ACSurge Suppression Strikesorb 400VAC 20kA SPD 40 D Raycap LB472963 2 2 VR CK473288U600 DC Surge Suppression Strikesorb 600VAC 20kA SPD 40 F Raycap LB472963 1 1 RT CL473188U001 PXP Thermistor Omega LB472963 1 1 CM473553 Temperature Sensing Cable EGT CM473553 1 2 T 04736800001 ACVoltage Transformers 346 120 150VA Flex Core 460 346 2 1 1 CO473686 Transformer 370VAC 220VAC 120VAC 7KVA Jefferson Electric 1 1 54707540040 FUSE CLASS JT D 600V 40A AJT40 GOULD AJT40 1 13 F CS473297U400 DC Fuses 400A 1000VDC Bolted Bussmann PV
13. 6 Install caps on the refrigerant line connections on the back of the module og wm Figure 5 17 890GT Phase Module 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 5 32 Maintenance Installing Phase Module NOTE The module types will only function properly when fit into their correct locations due to the positions of their connectors but the phase modules are identical and can be interchanged 1 Remove the caps from the refrigerant line connections on the back of the module 2 Insert the module and push it to the back of the rack to make the electrical and refrigerant connections 3 Secure the module Tighten to 8 Nm 6 2 lb ft The bolts should bottom out when the module is properly inserted 4 Connect DC BUS connections from left side of the phase module Tighten to 16 5 Nm 12 8 Ib ft 5 Refit the cables to the front of the module Figure 5 17 890GT Phase Module IMPORTANT After removing or installing phase modules check the refrigerant level to ensure that refrigerant has not been lost See details in your system maintenance manual regarding cooling system inspection 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Maintenance 5 33 Parallel Control Module PCM Replacing the PCM follows the same procedures for the phase modules except that there are many more cables to connect This section lists the special details when making the connections after the module is screwed
14. Prohibited Approach Boundary 1 This section does not take the place of the specific training supervisors must provide their workers who use personal protective equipment PPE Refer to the most current revision of the OSHA informational booklet OSHA 3151 12R for information on personal protective equipment PPE 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Personal Protective Equipment 6 3 OSHA PPE REGULATIONS 1910 95 Hearing 1910 132 1910 133 Eye and face e 1910 134 Respirator 1910 135 Head 1910 136 Foot e 1910 137 Electrical 1910 138 Hand Guidelines It is important to note that engineering controls should be the primary method of establishing a safe workplace Personal protective equipment should only be used where engineering controls are not feasible General Requirements 1 Supervisors must assess the job tasks performed by their workers and document what personal protective equipment PPE is necessary for the work being performed document certification of hazard assessment which identifies the workplace evaluated the person certifying that the evaluation has been performed and the date s of the hazard assessment 2 Based on the hazards identified the supervisor must document the appropriate level of PPE that has been selected for all appropriate workers and inform them of the PPE selection decisions 3 The selected PPE must be fitted to ap
15. 5 28 Maintenance R134a Refrigerant Level Sight Glass Sight glass is located on the Refrigerant Accumulator Check the sight glass for the R134a Refrigerant Level is only required when the Refrigerant Level Sensor is suspected to be faulty If the sensor indicates the level is good but the temperature is not able to be correctly regulated physically check the R134a level The LOWER sight glass ball should be floating at the top of the sight glass Check for evidence of coolant leakage WARNING When physically checking the R134a level the unit must be out of operation and all electrical power disconnected Figure 5 14 R134a Refrigerant Typical Recommended Refrigerant Component Replacement Schedule BECUMUICL OR ORE SEN Glasses Replace Coolant Pumps 7 years Replace Condenser Fans 7 years Replace Internal Fans 10 years 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Detailed Test Procedures BATTERY RESET 90148 0 FAULT RESET SHT 19 EFOt 901384 90138 EPO STATUS SHT 15 EPO STATUS 20138 INVERTER EPO EPO2 901634 90165 EPO SHT 8 9016 MAIN BREAKER 3037 RESET 90137 INDICATOR Figure 5 15 Typical 890GTB EPO Initial state control power on and EPO energized 1 Ensure EPO state is faulted on loss of Anti Islanding Battery EPO or Channel 1 E Stop String Con
16. 81 OFF SS OR OFFLINE REQUEST 83 EXIT STANDBY 111 ENTER STANDBY 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Operations 3 39 Typical Simplified Machine State Diagram id Connection to EPO not shown Initialize Restore Data from XML Engineering Mode OFF ON IGBTs Off DC Disconnect Main Control Power On B when the Battery Inverter Enclosure is powered up the INITIALIZE sequence completes and the initial MACHINE STATE is chosen based on the state of S7 Inverter OFF ON and whether Engineering Mode is selected 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 3 40 Operations 33 Connection to EPO not shown DCPC Precharge Precharge Done DCConnect Connected STANDBY 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Operations 3 41 Plant Control Mode When the inverter is under the control of a central Power Plant Controller PPC it should adhere to PPC commands and settings Stop Inverter When the system goes to the Stop_Inverter state the inverter will stop and disconnect the DC connections Standby The purpose of this command is to stop the inverter from producing any power When the system goes to the Standby state the inverter will be taken to the Idle state OkW OkVAR This will allow fast response should the bit be cleared Active Power Control On The purpose of this command is to set the inve
17. 890GTB Battery Inverter Product Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Part Number 890GTB Software Version 5 1 2014 Parker EGT a division of Parker Hannifin Corporation All rights strictly reserved No part of this document may be stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means to persons not employed by a Parker EGT company without written permission from Parker EGT a division of Parker Hannifin Corporation Although every effort has been taken to ensure the accuracy of this document it may be necessary without notice to make amendments or correct omissions Parker EGT cannot accept responsibility for damage injury or expenses resulting therefrom WARRANTY Parker EGT warrants the goods against defects in design materials and workmanship for the period of 24 months from the date of manufacture or 12 months from the date of delivery whichever is the longer period on the terms detailed in Parker Standard Conditions of Sale IA500504 Parker EGT reserves the right to change the content and product specification without notice 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 WARNING USER RESPONSIBILITY Failure or improper selection improper use of the products described herein or related items can cause death personal injury and property damage This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product or system options for fu
18. If any fault is displayed on the keypad when connected other than those listed Contact Parker EGT Product Support 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Programming B 1 Programming The AC890GT Grid Tie Inverter uses a small subset of the functionality of the AC890 control platform This appendix highlights the functions used for grid tie applications Configure the Inverter Programming with Block Diagrams 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 2 Programming Configure the Inverter IMPORTANT Inverters are shipped pre configured from the factory This section is for reference only An AC890GT grid tie inverter uses a combination of native 890 function blocks and library function blocks for control If you receive a replacement control board or PCM LA471780U001 you must configure it to your application To do this use DSELite supplied on the CD Note The keypad controls only native 890 function blocks It does not have access to any library function blocks inserted using DSELite Configure the Inverter The simplest method for configuring an inverter is to reinstall the original configuration using DSELite The DSELite configuration tool has a full Help system Insert the DSELite disk into your PC and follow the on screen instructions You can use the tool to manually set up the inverter so that it meets the requirements for your application This invol
19. NI 9205 Analog Input Manual See 374188d pdf NI 9213 Thermocouple Input Manual See 374916a pdf NI 9225 Analog Input 3 CHANNEL VOLTAGE Manual See 374707c pdf NI 9227 Analog Input 4 CHANNEL CURRENT Manual See 375101c pdf NI 9425 Digital Input Manual See 373782e pdf NI 9476 Digital Output Manual See 373964d pdf 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 7 CompactRIO cRIO 9068 Manual 376007a pdf Reconfigurable Embedded Chassis with Integrated Intelligent Real Time Controller for CompactRIO O LEDs Reset Button 2 RS232 Serial Ports RS485 Port USB Port RJ 45 Ethernet Port 1 5 RJ 45 Ethernet Port 2 9 a Power Connector G 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 8 Associated Equipment Wiring Power to the Chassis The cRIO 9068 requires an external power supply that meets the specifications in the Power Requirements section cRIO 9068 filters and regulates the supplied power and provides power for all of the 1 0 modules cRIO 9068 has one layer of reverse voltage protection Complete the following steps to connect a power supply to the chassis 1 Connect the positive lead of the power supply to the V terminal of the COMBICON power connector shipped with the cRIO 9068 and tighten the terminal screw Figure 11 shows the terminal screws which secure the wires in the screw termin
20. 16 Position indicator 6 2 17 Table for ground fault protection 9 24 18 Key lock for racking handle option 19 Mechanical release of racking handle option 20 Trip unit 9 1 21 Rating plug 22 OPEN button or EMERGENCY OPEN mushroom pushbutton option 23 Ready to close indicator 6 6 24 Circuit breaker OPEN CLOSED indicator 6 6 25 Tripped indicator Reset button 6 8 26 Locking device lock OPEN option 27 Front panel 28 Secondary Disconnects 2 Carrying handle 28 1 3 Identification tags D mmm Ses le 4 Motor disconnect switch option 13 3 or 2 Electrical Closed option 13 5 WO 5 Circuit breaker type label 2 1 lt xj 6 Stored energy indicator 6 6 26 3 7 CLOSE button et la 8 Ampere rating 25 9 Racking pictogram 5 10 Make break operations counter option 24 11 Spring charging lever 6 4 az 6 12 Racking handle 23 a 0022 07 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 30 Associated Equipment See Siemens Manual page number DANGER Hazardous voltage gt Will cause death serious personal injury or equipment property damage Y Disconnect power before working on this equipment Danger if spring is charged Discharge spring WARNING The use of circuit breaker and circuit breaker acc
21. 20 mA or 4 20 mA RS 485 interface IRDH275 One way ASCII stream with measurement status IRDH275B Two way communication with other BENDER devices including communication gateways Alarm relay 1 normally energized or de energized contact Alarm relay 2 System Fault Relay normally energized or de energized contact 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Displays and Controls A ISOMETER IRDH275 ENDER Associated Equipment D 5 INFO key displays pertinent system information ESC key Goes back a step inside device s menu 2 TEST button Activates self test E EER Arrow up key Scrolls up inside device s menu IT SYSTEM 3 LCD displa 3 y R 086 0 H 4 4 RESET button Resets device i ca Arrow down key Scrolls down inside device s menu 4 5 MENU key Activates device s internal menu TELS Enter key Confirm change inside device s menu 6 Alarm LED 1 lights Alarm Prealarm 1 234 5 67 8 7 Alarm LED 2 lights Alarm Main alarm 8 System fault LED Lights on connection or device error Wiring diagrams Connecting to voltage couplers Sample Response Times tan sec IRDH275 with voltage coupler AGH150W 4 AGH150W 4 d is ime CeluF Response times in relation to the system leakage capacitances Ce 1 500 pF Un 0 793 V 50 Hz 6 Associated Equipment National Instruments CompactRIO PLC NI 9068 CPU Manual See 376007a pdf
22. 65C Filter Busbar Therminal Temperature Warning 6A1 6A15 Measured Temp lt 20 C gt 13 C Warning Annunciated Filter U1 U2 Current High Fault Measured Current at High Fault Level Inverter Stops Filter U1 U2 Current High Warning Measured Current at Warning Level Warning Annunciated Filter U1 U2 Current Low Warning Measured Current at Low Fault Level Inverter Stops Filter V1 V2 Current High Fault Measured Current at High Fault Level Inverter Stops Filter V1 V2 Current High Warning Measured Current at Warning Level Warning Annunciated Filter V1 V2 Current Low Warning Measured Current at Low Fault Level Inverter Stops Filter W1 W2 Current High Fault Measured Current at High Fault Level Inverter Stops Filter W1 W2 Current High Warning Measured Current at Warning Level Warning Annunciated Filter W1 W2 Current Low Warning Measured Current at Low Fault Level Inverter Stops The firmware in the Inverter has stopped executing FIRMWARE ERROR FirstTrip 52 Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required Heater Failed To Turn Off Command State and AUX do not agree Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required Heater Failed To Turn On Command State and AUX do not agree Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required Disable output wait for IGBT temperature to lt 70C HEATSINK Module assembly defect FirstTrip 4 Autorestart Disable if more than 3 successive events Mainten
23. AFB indicates Arc Flash Boundary 2 OSHA PPE Requirements Voltage source not tied to Inverter Output Possible RMS value of 1000 Volts if tied to Inverter Output 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Safety 1 9 Parker Required PPE The following list is the minimum Personal Protection Equipment requirements in accordance with NFPA 70E Article 130 7 When working within the Restricted Approach Boundary the worker shall wear PPE in accordance with Article 130 4 When working within the Arc Flash Boundary the worker shall wear PPE in accordance with Article 130 5 All parts of the body inside the Arc Flash Boundary shall be protected Any person who will be required to use PPE will be required to complete training on the proper use of PPE NFPA 70E Article 320 3 2 prohibits the wear of conductive objects and jewellery ITEM RATING NOTE Hard Hat 1 Class Must be nonconductive ANSI ISEA Z89 1 2009 Face Shield 10 cal cm ASTM F 2178 08 Safety Glasses ANSI 287 1 2010 Must be rated for Arc Flash Balaclava 10 5 cal cm When working within the Restricted Approach Boundary or the Arc Flash Boundary ASTM F 1506 10a Hearing Protection 22 dB A Must be Ear Canal Inserts OSHA 1910 95 Undergarments Natural Fibers Meltable fibers such as acetate nylon polyester polypropylene and spandex are not permitted Shirt 10 5 cal cm Daily wear ASTM F 1506 10a Pants 10 5 cal cm Daily wear ASTM F 1506
24. DC Bus remains connected to the Battery Feed Inverter would connected to DC Inputs tri DCPC Precharge Contactor welded contacts P No indication Fuse is Open Component Failure P i DC Input becomes ungrounded Significant noise relative to ground on DC Inputs Keep Running Failure Annunciated No indication Fuse is Open Contactor contacts degrade Ground Fault 10F21 10F22 Fuse Indication Malfunction Annunciation Failure Remains Closed False Open Indication Surge Fuse Annunciation 10F8 10F9 10 F10 10F21 or Failure 10F22 Fuse Indication Component Failure Malfunction Remains Closed Inverter Trip Inverter 10A 1 SEE INVERTER FAULT TABLE page A 18 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 8 Troubleshooting Overheating Loose connection Imbalanced Current L1 L2 L3 AC Connection Points Corrosion Harmonics filter failure Overcurrent Trip Current Imbalance FM1 FM2 FM3 Component Failure Open Degradation of Functions Current Sharing Fault L21 L22 L23 Current Sharing Fault Filter Inductors L31 L32 L33 L41 L42 L43 Ambient Temperature High Overheating Keep Running Loss of Power PS1 24 UPS Supply Power Component Failure Repairat endot ihe day PS2a PS2b Primary 24VDC LVRT Supply 1 Pada component Loss of Control Power PS3 Primary 24VDC Cooling Power Supply Short Circuit Overload E Fuse component or wiring failure Shark M
25. L P and trim Fail F14 Blowing 220 VAC Shark Energy Meter Power Quality Meter Short Circuit Overload Annunciated Transformer Failure F17 F19 Blowing Transformer T3 T4 Power Monitor voltage sensor Keep Running Failure Annunciated Short Circuit Overload 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 5 LVRT Supply OK F20 Blowing PS2 Branch Protection Short Circuit Overload PLC Input DI30 PS2 24VDC LVRT Supply F21 Blowing PS2 Branch Protection Short Circuit Overload for 10A1 Inverter Stack PS2 24VDC LVRT Supply F22 Blowing PS2 Branch Protection Short Circuit Overload for PLC I O and A9 24VDC UPS Supply Keep Running F23 Blowing PS1 Branch Protection Short Circuit Overload for EPO and A9 Repair at end of the day PS3 24VDC Control Power F24 Blowing PS3 Branch Protection Short Circuit Overload For Pump Controller PS3 24VDC Control Power 4 F25 Blowing PS3 Branch Protection Short Circuit Overload Keep Running Failure Annunciated Likely Trip on for 12A2 Evaporator Over Temperature Fault Imminent Keep Running F26 Blowing PS1 Branch Protection 24VDC UPS Supply Short Circuit Overload Repair at end of the day Non LVRT Supply OK F28 Blowing PS3 Branch Protection Short Circuit Overload1 PLC Input DI31 Voltage Surge Keep Running Failure Annunciated MOV VR1 VR4 shorted ACSTRIKE FAULT harmonics filter failure fatigue
26. Onboard Serial Port 2 1278 18031 2 RS232 422 485 Type 1052321 URRT Mode Select URZ Duplex Mode COMZ RS232 422 485 Type Onboard Parallel 85232 85422 PHRON After PHR F RS485 fi Move Enter Select PU PD Value F18 Save ESC Exit Fi General Help PS Previous Values F6 Fail Safe Defaults Optinized Defaults Soft On Off Power Button This button can be used to boot the PowerStation from standby or after a Windows shutdown in situations where AC power is still present and the AC power switch has been left in the On position It functions identically to the power button found on the front of most desktop PCs 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 1 6 Associated Equipment Cleaning the Touchscreen Occasionally you may need to clean the PowerStation screen Clean the screen using warm soapy water a cloth You can also use any non abrasive cleaner See Touchscreen Chemical Resistance on page D 20 for a list of substances the screen can resist with no visible effect Do not use any harsh material or powder such as steel wool or abrasive cleansers to clean the screen surface The surface is sensitive to scraping sharp blows or punctures Therefore keep screwdrivers or other sharp objects away from the screen surface Calibrating the Touchscreen Calibrating the touchscreen ensures that it is aligned with your display The PowerStation s touchscreen is calibrated before leaving
27. compliant interface via Modbus TCP as default standard As part of the joint effort between the MESA Standards Alliance and the SunSpec Alliance to advance common communication standards for energy storage devices MESA adopts the Sunspec model for all Modbus communications inside the energy storage system and MESA will lead the SunSpec process for battery communication standards using current MESA battery standards as the baseline The interface can optionally be customized as needed for other users Typical Inverter Functions Some of the typical functions of the enclosure are e Inverter provides monitoring data to SCADA system through a communications interface e Inverter provides Warnings Alarms and Diagnostics for use by the plant SCADA system e Inverter provides data logging capability of inverter collected processed data e g fault history key process parameters including trip logs etc e The PLC provides 2 discrete inputs 180 C and 200 C to monitor transformer temperature ESS Control System Batteries Figure 3 42 MESA Interface MESA standardizes communication and control between the ESS and SCADA as well as standardizing connections between ESS devices such as power conversion systems PCS batteries and power meters 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Typical Activity between and Inverter Enclosure PPC Nominal 0 1 1s Update Rate 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manu
28. specifications If there is no manufacturer specification for torque refer to the Torque NM chart See Appendix E page E 20 Use the Inspection torque values and be careful not to over torque bolts and connecting devices since damaged connectors and insulators can be very time consuming to replace Use the inspection torques for 6 6 screws for all busbar connections and general use unless the screw material requires lower torque Use the torques for 8 8 screws only where specified These torques are generally used for very high loads Example of marking bolted connection If a connection has more than one bolt and any bolt in the connection has to be re torqued then all bolts of that connection should be re torqued Figure 5 2 Bolted Connection Marking 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 5 1 0 Maintenance Any connections requiring re torqueing should be re marked and documented as requiring re torqueing Marking should be applied over bolts screws nuts washers and lock washers to the mounting surface to indicate if the connection has moved at any time NOTE The frequency of this inspection depends on the operating environment and changes in load experienced by the circuit The greater the load changes the greater the temperature swing to which the connections are exposed The resulting expansion and contraction of the connections creates loose connections over time Unless connections are made i
29. than 1 event occurs succession V PHASE MISSING One or more CD modules in a parallel stack are not responding to comms Fault will indicate which module is missing A CD module comms cable has been disconnected Fault in the CD module comms wiring Fault in the low voltage power supply to a CD module FirstTrip 82 Disable output manual reset required VDC RIPPLE The DC link ripple voltage is too high DC bus capacitors are missing Missing input phase FirstTrip 25 PLC to autorestart inverter if line voltage is Maintenance required if line voltage is out of spec or if more than 1 events occurs in succession VRTMainsLoss LVRT Fault FirstTrip 90 PLC to autorestart inverter if line voltage is ok Maintenance required if line voltage is out of spec or if more than 1 events occurs in succession 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Parker Hannifin Corporation Automation Group EGT Division 9225 Forsyth Park Drive Charlotte North Carolina 28273 1 704 587 4051 Fax 1 704 588 3249 CANADA CHINA FRANCE Parker Hannifin Canada Parker Hannifin Motion amp Control Parker SSD Parvex Motion and Control Division Shanghai Co Ltd 8 Avenue du Lac 160 Chisholm Drive 280 Yunqiao Road B P 249 Milton Ontario LIT 3G9 JinQiao Export Processing Zone 21007 Dijon Cedex Tel 1 905 693 3000 Pudong District Shanghai 201206 Tel 33 0 3 80 42 41 40
30. 004101 INVERTER W004100 1 10A1 8903 lM ETHERNET ETHERNET SWITCH ACCESS IPC S PORT 192 168 4 102 ds fs 5 fa 192 168 4 103 192 168 2 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 47 4 48 Troubleshooting Typical System One Line Drawing shown with 480VAC Grid Connection This diagram provides the IP addresses for the Ethernet Network pcs BATTERY STRING 720 1200VDC 4 50 60HZTy INDUSTRIAL PC WIN XP PRO 55 HMI TOUCHSCREEN ala 4 A 3 3 a 9I 9 L S a ele a z Z Z Z rl al xl x e uj u 5 E SWITCH CONTROLLER ENCL LOCAL MBTCP 1 0 1 0 UNMANAGED STATE MACHINE 1 HARDWIRED ETHERNET Cu ETHERNET FIBER REMOTE gt Network One Line 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 UPS SUPPLY AUX SUPPLY 1 PH 3 PH 750 VA 50 60 HZ 12 50 60 HZ 120 230 VAC 380 400 480 VAC 12 8 I I FITTED ONLY I WITH 480VAC 4 10 5 S10 10 24 24 0 2 24VDC PWR PWR PWR PWR SUP SUP SUP SUP 20 20 A 40 2 5 5325 P224 20A P224 t20A O 230 VAC 230 VAC 24 24 VDC 24 VOC 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC POM HMI UPS UPS LVRT INVERTER LVRT PUMP EVAP POWE
31. 06 xHMIqWarnCurrentFItrU1Low Bool Maintained 1 Current Low Filter U2 Leg Current Low Warning 07 xHMIqWarnCurrentFltrU2Low Bool Maintained 1 Current Low Filter V1 Leg Current Low Warning 08 xHMIqWarnCurrentFltrViLow Bool Maintained 1 Current Low Filter V2 Leg Current Low Warning 09 xHMIqWarnCurrentFltrV2Low Bool Maintained 1 Current Low Filter W1 Leg Current Low Warning 10 xHMIqWarnCurrentFltrWiLow Bool Maintained 1 Current Low Filter W2 Leg Current Low Warning 11 xHMIqWarnCurrentFltrW2Low Bool Maintained 1 Current Low 12 13 14 Bool 15 Bool Boolean Word 9 40291 bitfield32 Bitwise 00 Bool 01 Bool 02 Bool 03 Bool 04 Bool 05 Bool 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 22 Programming 890GT SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units 06 Bool 07 Bool 08 Bool 09 Bool 10 Bool Ai Bool 12 Bool 13 Bool 14 Bool 15 Bool 00 Bool 01 Bool 02 Bool 03 Bool 04 Bool 05 Bool 06 Bool 07 08 Bool 09 Bool 10 Bool Al Bool 12 13 Bool 14 Bool 15 Bool Boolean Word 10 40293 bitfield32 Bitwise DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4A17 00 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A17 Bool Maintained 1 Warning DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4A18 0
32. 65C Warning Annunciated Inverter stops run cooling system Measured Temp lt 40 gt 100 Inverter Busbar Therminal Temperature Fault 8 1 8411 14 AL Thermister 15 Index Inverter Busbar Therminal Temperature Warning 8A1 8A11 Measured Temp lt 20 gt 90 Warning Annunciated Inverter stops run cooling system 4 6 DI DI5 Measured Temp 150 C LC Filter Choke L21 Overtemp Switch Autorestart when internal temp lt 135 Inverter stops run cooling system 4 7 DI DI6 Measured Temp gt 150 LC Filter Choke L22 Overtemp Switch Autorestart when internal temp lt 135 Inverter stops run cooling system 4 8 DI DI7 Measured Temp gt 150 LC Filter Choke 123 Overtemp Switch Autorestart when internal temp 135 Inverter stops run cooling system 4 11 DI DI8 Measured Temp 150 C LC Filter Choke L31 Overtemp Switch Autorestart when internal temp lt 135 2 Inverter stops run cooling system 4 12 DI DI9 Measured Temp 150 C LC Filter Choke L32 Overtemp Switch Autorestart when internal temp lt 135 Inverter stops run cooling system 4 13 DI DI10 M d T gt 150 LC Filter Choke 133 Overtemp Switch easured Temp Autorest rt when Internal temp 1380 Inverter stops run cooling system 4 14 DI DI11 M d T gt 150 LC Filter Choke 141 Overtemp Switch Autorestart when internal temp 135C Inverter stops run cooling system 4 15 DI 012 Measured
33. Buffered 24VDC Supply Fault xHMIqFaultDCBufferedSupply Bool Maintained 1 Fault 15VDC Supply Fault 15 xHMIqFault_15VDCSupply Bool Maintained 1 Fault Boolean Word 2 bitfield32 Bitwise DC Contactor Failed To Open 0 xHMIqFaultDCBCntOpen Bool Maintained 1 Contactor Failed To Open DC Contactor Failed To Close 01 xHMIqFaultDCBCntClose Bool Maintained 1 Contactor Failed To Close 02 Bool 03 Bool 04 Bool 05 Bool 06 Bool 07 Bool DC Precharge Contactor Failed To Open 08 xHMIqFaultDCPCPOpen Bool Maintained 1 Contactor Failed To Open DC Precharge Contactor Failed To Open 09 xHMIqFaultDCPCNOpen Bool Maintained 1 Contactor Failed To Open DC Precharge Contactor Failed To Close 10 xHMIqFaultDCPCPCntClose Bool Maintained 1 Contactor Failed To Close 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Programming B 1 5 890GT SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units DC Precharge Contactor Failed To Close Al xHMIqFaultDCPCNCntClose Bool Maintained 1 Contactor Failed To Close LC Filter Contactor Failed To Open 12 xHMIqFaultLCFltrCntOpen Bool Maintained 1 Contactor Failed To Open LC Filter Contactor Failed To Close 13 xHMIqFaultLCFltrCntClose Bool Maintained 1 Cont
34. Cannot enter data locally Wiring or Component Failure Keep Running Still accessible from SCADA Local Laptop No Local Serial C t enter data f ena Serial Com Cable ANNO F ENET CATANO Wiring or Component Failure Keep Running Still accessible from SCADA HMI Keypad Communications Laptop Cannot select Local Mode Malfunction Contacts remain at Inverter closed i i S6 Switch Component Failure Keep Running Still accessible from SCADA or Local Cannot select Remote Malfunction Contacts remain communications Mode at Inverter open Cannot select OFF at Malfunction Contacts remain Inverter closed S7 Switch Cannot select ON at Malfunction Contacts remain Inverter open DCB DCPC 1 FM2 FM3 Auxiliary state different from _ Contactor state mismatch Component Failure Keep Running Failure Annunciated K2 M2 commanded state HMI S d Light off K R ing Still ible f SCADA or Local 052 Light doesn t work Component Failure SE idi ecu PRO when HMI is suspended communications HMI Suspend Light on when HMI is not Light stays on Program Issue Keep Running HMI would still respond to commands suspended 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Keep Running Still accessible from SCADA or Local Component Failure um communications Typical Equipment Specific Problems NOTE See Appendix F for more information and for a list of annunciated system faults and warnings Loss of Communi
35. Choke V1 Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 gt 150 C p 6 sy 1 2 TC2 Autorestart when internal temp 135C LC Filter Choke V1 Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 gt 135 Warning Annunciated Inverter stops run cooling system LC Filter Choke V2 Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 gt 150 p 6 sy 1 5 TC TC5 Autorestart when internal temp 135C LC Filter Choke V2 Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 gt 135 Warning Annunciated Inverter stops run cooling system LC Filter Choke V3 Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 gt 150 C 6 sy 1 8 TC TC8 Autorestart when internal temp 135C LC Filter Choke V3 Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 gt 135 Warning Annunciated Inverter stops run cooling system LC Filter Choke W1 Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 gt 150 p E 1 3 TC TC3 Autorestart when internal temp 135C LC Filter Choke W1 Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 gt 135 Warning Annunciated Inverter stops run cooling system LC Filter Choke W2 Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 gt 150 C 1 6 TC TC6 Autorestart when internal temp 135C LC Filter Choke W2 Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 gt 135 Warning Annunciated Inverter stops run cooling system LC Filter Choke W3 Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 gt 150 p 85 1 9 TC TC9 Autorestart when internal temp 135C LC Filter Ch
36. Coupling Outlet Coupling Schrader Valve Schrader Valve Filter Dryer Strainer Pressure Relief DONG Valve Pumps Figure 5 8 3 pump assembly 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Maintenance 5 23 Figure 5 9 Typical plumbing system used in system showing IGBT Coldplates piping and accumulator 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 5 24 Maintenance TEN pay n Figure 5 11 Air cooled condenser Inverter Stack Door 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Maintenance 5 25 Inspection Checkthe cleanliness of the finned condenser NOTE The cleanliness of the finned condenser is essential to ensure smooth operation and long life of the equipment There is no general rule how often it should be cleaned Frequency and method of cleaning depend on the user environment and must be determined by the operating personnel The equipment is always supplied in a clean state Should during installation and or test runs contamination reach a state where capacity drops may be expected it is necessary to clean them before operation Properly assessing and addressing damage to condenser coils will help insure economical operation of the cooling system and avoid unnecessary and possibly more expensive repair costs later The condenser coil construction is copper tubing with aluminum fins which are attached mechanically to the copper
37. Fax 1 905 876 1958 Tel 86 21 5031 2525 Fax 33 0 3 80 42 41 23 Fax 86 21 5854 7599 GERMANY ITALY UK Parker Hannifin GmbH Parker Hannifin SPA Parker Hannifin Ltd Von Humboldt Strasse 10 Via C Gounod Cinisello Balsamo SSD Drives Europe 64646 Heppenheim 1 20092 Milano New Courtwick Lane Littlehampton Tel 49 6252 798200 Tel 39 0236 1081 West Sussex BN17 7RZ Fax 49 6252 798205 Fax 39 0236 108400 Tel 44 0 1903 737000 Fax 44 0 1903 737100 05 03 09 S E R V 8 Local availability and service support also R E p A Argentina e Australia e Austria e Bangladesh e Belgium e Brazil e Chile e Colombia e Costa Rica e Cyprus Czech Republic e Denmark e Ecuador e Egypt e Finland e Greece e Hong Kong e Hungary e India e Indonesia Iran e Ireland e Israel e Japan e Jordan e Kenya e Korea e Kuwait e Lithuania e Malaysia e Netherlands C R New Zealand e Nigeria e Norway e Peru Philippines e Poland e Portugal e Quatar e Romania e Russia Saudi Arabia e Singapore e Slovenia e Slovakia e South Africa e Spain e Sri Lanka e Sweden e Switzerland Taiwan e Thailand e Turkey e United Arab Emirates e Vietnam e Zimbabwe www parker com egt HA473578U101 02 890GTB Battery Inverter Product Manual 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01
38. Flow Cooling System See Condenser Maintenance and Service Page 5 15 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Maintenance 5 7 Cables and Bus WARNING Cables and Busbars must be de energized if they are to be touched or moved during maintenance Examine for signs of deterioration cracking flaking or overheating Examine for signs of tracking or arcing Examine cable insulation for signs of deterioration cracking flaking or overheating Ensure that all busbars cables and connections are clean and dry Capacitors The area around the capacitors should be examined for evidence of dielectric leakage The capacitors should be inspected to ensure they are free of damage or deformation NOTE Spare capacitive components Including filter doors have a shelf life of 5 to 12 years Capacitors that remain on the shelf for extended periods of time have a tendency to degrade Capacitor electrolytes use a very thin film of oxide on the positive electrode that acts as an insulator between the plates They need a small leakage current to keep this oxide layer in place If capacitors remain unpowered for long periods the oxide layer can break down which can result in the capacitor exploding when power is applied This can be resolved by a process called reforming Reforming the capacitors can take some time hours typically for those that have not seen any power for many years Naturally this does require some pa
39. LA473303U001 1 2 A LA472975 Analog Board 1 EGT LA473303U001 1 1 144730500001 DC Bus EGT LA473050U001 1 3 L LA473332U001 CHK ASSY MDLE 45uH 970A 480V TPPOS EGT LA473301U001 1 3 L LA473332U002 CHK ASSY MDLE 45uH 970A 480V MDPOS EGT LA473301U001 1 3 L LA473332U003 ASSY MDLE 45uH 970A 480V BTPOS EGT LA473301U001 1 4 M LA473347U550 FN 55 22000 50 8 550CGM 24V Parker EGT LA473343U001 1 2 M LA473353W001 Temperature Sensing Board Parker EGT LA473353W001 1 1 1 4473375 SKT 55 DUAL 120V 15A EGT LA473303U001 1 T A LA473505 Analog Board 2 EGT LA473303U001 1 17 DC 144735290500 ASSY 8166 73 1NO 500A 1000VDC 9VCOIL Parker EGT LA473321U001 4 1 A5 LB473272U002 Industrial PC and Touchscreen IPX10S D Parker CTC LA473304U001 1 M LB473568U003 PUMP 55 3X600LPH EGT LA473568U003 1 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 22 Technical Specifications 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 List of Fault Codes 1 entr List Of Fault Codes List of Fault Codes 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 F 2 List of Fault Codes List of Fault Codes List of annunciated system faults and warnings 24V FAILURE Inverter Keypad Page A 18 The 24V power has dropped below 17V 24V supply is not regulating properly FirstTrip 20 PLC I O Page 4 23 PLC to autorestart inverter and warning sent to SCADA when the 24V supply is regu
40. Local Mode Start and Stop are controlled from the terminals Speed Ref is controlled using the up and down V keys amm QE sin Local Mode Start Stop and Speed Ref are controlled using the keypad keys FWD Forward and REV Reverse Status LEDs The forward and reverse direction LEDs show the inverter control direction For grid tie inverters these LEDs have little meaning The FWD LED should always be ON Forward Reverse State The requested control direction and actual direction are both Forward C The requested control direction and actual direction are both Reverse C E The requested control direction is Forward and actual direction is Reverse OO The requested control direction is Reverse and actual direction is Forward 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 8 Inverter Keypad The Menu System The menu system follows a tree structure shown on the following page when VIEW LEVEL ADVANCED Action Description Comments Display Shows the Configuration Rating and Welcome Screen Firmware Revision Press Customized list of Setup Parameters View Diagnostic parameters contained in Press Diagnostics Menu the SETUP Menu Short list of commonly used setup Press Quick Setup Menu parameters All parameters for programming an Press Setup Menu
41. Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 3 FEATURES e Meets or exceeds requirements for NEC 250 21 B and 10 106 2 as well as the upcoming 2014 requirement of NEC 250 167 Ground fault detection via insulation monitoring for ungrounded AC DC systems single phase or three phase e Works on systems up to 793 650 VDC Voltage ranges extendable up to 7200 1760 VDC with voltage coupler modules Two separate adjustable response values 1 10 MO e Advanced measuring principle which detects both AC and DC faults symmetrical faults automatically adapts to high system leakage capacitances Info button to display device settings and system leakage capacitance Self monitoring e Automatic self test setting e Connection for external metering e Built in and external test reset e Two separate alarms with two voltage free SPDT contacts e Normally energized failsafe or deenergized non failsafe operation e Backlit LCD display RS 485 interface History memory with real time clock to store up to 300 time stamped event records e Galvanically isolated RS 485 interface BMS protocol for data exchange with other e Bender devices and communication systems Standby contacts and RS 485 communication for operating multiple ground fault detectors e systems tied together with tiebreakers or interlocks Galvanically isolated analog output 0 4 20 mA Only one BENDER insulation monitor may be ac
42. Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Setting Advanced Menu Level Inverter Keypad A 13 Often the menus are set to Basic level to speed keypad navigation by hiding the SETUP menu To expose all menus and parameters set VIEW LEVEL to ADVANCED At menu level 1 navigate to the QUICK SETUP menu using Press Q and then to show VIEW LEVEL Press and change the value from BASIC to ADVANCED and then when done Press E again and now navigate to the SETUP menu Resetting to Factory Defaults 2 Button Reset This sequence will load factory default settings into the inverter This is not necessarily the configuration installed in the inverter when it shipped A copy of the default configurations is part of the documentation shipped with the inverter This procedure will change sensitive and important parameters It is strongly recommended that the configuration be extracted and saved using DSE Lite prior to resetting the inverter to factory default settings Action Description Comments Display During power up press and hold o Hold buttons for at least 2 seconds until the LEDs flash ps A Accept changes Can press to cancel the change The changes are not saved when making this change You must perform a PARAMETER SAVE to save the default values 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 14 Inverter Keypad Getting Quick Tag Information Press and hold O
43. Modbus or RJ45 Ethernet DNP Protocols and an IrDA Port panel mount interrogation Shark 200 meter features that are detailed in this manual are as follows 0 2 class revenue certifiable energy and demand metering Meets ANSI C12 20 0 2 and IEC 687 0 296 accuracy classes e Multifunction measurement including voltage current power frequency energy etc Power quality measurements THD and Alarm Limits V Switch TM technology field upgrade without removing installed meter Percentage of Load bar for analog meter perception RS485 or RJ45 Modbus communication The Shark 200 comes in either of two models the Meter Transducer or the Transducer only Shark 200T Digital Transducer A Digital Transducer only unit proves either RS485 or RJA5 communication via Modbus RTU Modbus ASCII and DNP 3 0 V 3 and V 4 protocols The unit is designed to install using DIN Rail Mounting Universal Voltage Inputs Voltage inputs allow measurement up to Nominal 480VAC Phase to Reference and 600VAC Phase to Phase This insures proper meter safety when wiring directly to high Voltage systems The unit will perform to specification on 69 Volt 120 Volt 230 Volt 277 Volt and 347 Volt power systems 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 21 Current Inputs Measured Values Instantaneous Average Max Min This
44. On Off Switch Local Remote Switch Light Switch Included Included Environmental Ratings 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Ambient Temperature Range Relative Humidity Max Altitude Without Derating Corrosion Resistance Option Mechanical Data Technical Specifications E 3 20 C to 55 C 40 C option available See AC Output Specifications 0 100 condensing 1000 meters 3281 feet gt 600 hrs salt fog per ASTM B117 11 Environmental Protection Rating Size W x D x H mm in Weight approximate Cooling System Compliance Standards European Certifications North American Certifications Harmonics EMC Derating inverter is capable of providing an additional 1026 over rated power at rated power factor when the external ambient temperature is less than 40 inverter will apply a linear power Derate from 50 C to 55 C ata maximum slope of 4 power C Le 50 C 100 51 C 96 52 C 92 55 C 80 Above 55 C the inverter may shut down Altitude Derating is 1 5 for every 100m above 1000 up to 2000m Le inverter rating at 1000m 100 1500m 92 5 2000 85 inverter is not rated for elevations above 2000m 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 IP65 EN60529 3395 133 7 x 1710 67 3 x 2648 104 3 See Detail Below 4000kg 8820 Ib 2 phase Parker advanced cooling CE LVD G5 4 amp G59 1 pending NF
45. Overtemp Switch L21 00 xHMIqStsLCChokeTempL21 Bool Maintained 0 Overtemp LC Filter Choke Overtemp Switch L22 01 xHMIqStsLCChokeTempL22 Bool Maintained 0 Overtemp LC Filter Choke Overtemp Switch L23 02 xHMIqStsLCChokeTempL23 Bool Maintained 0 Overtemp LC Filter Choke Overtemp Switch L31 03 xHMIqStsLCChokeTempL31 Bool Maintained 0 Overtemp LC Filter Choke Overtemp Switch L32 04 xHMIqStsLCChokeTempL32 Bool Maintained 0 Overtemp LC Filter Choke Overtemp Switch L33 05 xHMIqStsLCChokeTempL33 Bool Maintained 0 Overtemp LC Filter Choke Overtemp Switch L41 06 xHMIqStsLCChokeTempL41 Bool Maintained 0 Overtemp LC Filter Choke Overtemp Switch L42 07 xHMIqStsLCChokeTempL42 Bool Maintained 0 Overtemp LC Filter Choke Overtemp Switch 143 08 xHMIqStsLCChokeTempL43 Bool Maintained 0 Overtemp 09 Bool 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Programming B 1 7 890GT SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units 10 Bool lal Bool 12 Bool 14 15 Bool 00 Bool 01 Bool 02 Bool 03 Bool 04 Bool 05 Bool 06 Bool 07 Bool 08 Bool 09 Bool 10 Bool Bool 12 Bool 13 Bool 14 Bool 15 Bool Boolean Word 5 bitfield32 Bitwise PLC HMI Watchdog 00 xHMIqWatchdog Bool Pulse Train
46. Panels closed and secured 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Safety 1 1 1 ARC FLASH AND SHOCK HAZARD This unit is powered by batteries Do not work on this equipment Without locking out all battery sources Figure 1 1 Battery Inverter Warning Placard A variety of battery types may be used in battery enclosures to supply a DC input to the Battery Inverter Enclosure Each manufacturer can provide specific Cautions and Warnings for work on and around batteries and for battery storage which should be observed 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 1 12 Safety Figure 1 3 Typical Enclosure Access for a 2MW Battery Inverter Enclosure Table 1 5 Hazard Risk Category with panels open access to energized circuits Cal cm Enclosure Access HRC Boundary WD AFB Open HMI Access Door Poo 2 Inverter Access Door 2 187 45 3 Capacitor Inductor Access 4 18 120 32 16 4 o 5 DCimpuAces 2 18 45 736 6 DCInputAccess 2 18 45 736 7 Inner DC Input Doors 2 18 45 736 8 Breaker Access 4 18 120 3216 Note WD indicates Working Distance the minimum working distance of the worker s face and chest AFB indicates Arc Flash Boundary Arc Flash Boundary remains in effect regardless of whether Doors and Access Panels are open or closed 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Ma
47. System 28 Trip 28 Reserved 59 TRIP ENUM SYNC TIMEOUT 90 VRT Mains Loss 29 Trip 29 Reserved 60 Safe Torque Off 91 Mains Imbalance 30 Trip 30 Reserved 61 Ref Encoder Cal Error These faults are not applicable to this application If any of these faults are displayed on the keypad contact Parker EGT Product Support 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 35 CHECKSUM FAIL When the inverter powers up non volatile memory is checked to ensure that it has not been corrupted In the rare event of corruption being detected the unit will not function This may occur when replacing the control board with an un programmed control board This may result an incompatible power board fault if updating the firmware is interrupted or if power is disconnected before installing a configuration has completed Inverter Indications The failure is indicated by the STATUS LED showing SHORT FLASH This indicates the inverter is in configuration mode Configuration mode requires a keypad or communications link etc to perform resetting actions If none are available the PCM must be returned to Parker EGT for reprogramming refer to Maintenance and Repair Keypad Indications The keypad displays the message opposite 1 Acknowledge the message by pressing key This action automatically loads default parameters and the ENGLISH 50Hz product code 2 Reload the product code 3 Per
48. The Inverter should transition to Power Factor control mode In this mode the Inverter should maintain power factor on its terminals to PF at the time of transition to Stand Alone mode The Inverter should maintain power factor controlling generated reactive power 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 3 42 Operations Shutting Down To shut the system down stop the inverter if it is running Once the inverter is stopped disconnect the battery supplies 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Operations 3 43 Typical Inverter available data Inverter control module data 1 368 Parameters are defined in the PCM A complete list of these available parameters can be found in the product manual HA473002U001 Appendix D Furthermore internal application specific numerical quantities can also be made available to the fieldbus Most typically these would be the result of calculations within the VM virtual machine function block space Power meter data Any parameter within the power meter can be made available to the fieldbus A complete list of the available parameters can be found in the E149701 Shark 200T Power Meter User Manual Battery Inverter Enclosure controller data Any parameter within the inverter central controller can be made available to the fieldbus This includes any point of analog or digital I O that is wired to the controller Inverter SCADA available data See Appendix B pa
49. This usually occurs when an attempt to upgrade the software is interrupted Reinstall software on the chassis Refer to the Measurement amp Automation Explorer Help for information about installing software on the chassis 3 The chassis is in safe mode because the SAFE MODE DIP switch is in the ON position or there is no software installed on the chassis Refer to the Configuring DIP Switches section for information about the Safe Mode DIP switch 4 The software has crashed twice without rebooting or cycling power between crashes This usually occurs when the chassis runs out of memory Review your RT VI and check the memory usage Modify the VI as necessary to solve the memory usage issue Continuously flashing or solid The chassis has detected an unrecoverable error Contact National Instruments USER1 LED You can define the USER1 LED to meet the needs of your application To define the LED use the RT LEDs VI in LabVIEW For more information about the RT LEDs VI refer to the LabVIEW Help FPGA1 LED You can use the FPGA1 LED to help debug your application or easily retrieve application status Use the LabVIEW FPGA Module and NI RIO software to define the FPGA LED to meet the needs of your application Refer to LabVIEW Help for information about programming this LED 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 10 Associated Equipment Connecting the Chassis to a Network Connect the chassis to
50. a brief initialization process is started to restore volatile data changed during runtime and to configure location time zone and communications parameters Thereafter if the On Off switch is in the OFF position the system will transition to the OFFLINE state See the following Simplified Machine State Diagram for a graphical representation of machine state relationships Start up Pre conditions Inverter Auxiliary power C B closed Inverter subsystems healthy No faults no EPO existing Start up Inverter interior ambient temperature and relative humidity are examined If required for temperature or humidity control heating is enabled Pre charge contactor is closed to ramp up the inverter s DC link voltage to operating voltage Main DC contactors are closed AC Main Circuit Breaker closed Filter Contactor Closed PCM runs fires the IGBTs 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 3 38 Operations MACHINE STATES MACHINE STATES BOOT INITIALIZE ENGINEERING DEV OFFLINE DC PRECHARGE DC CONNECT STOP FAULT AC CONNECT ONLINE LOCAL ONLINE REMOTE 01 QUEUE OBTAINED FGPA INIT XML RECALL COMPLETE 11 INITIALIZATION COMPLETE SS OFF 12 INITIALIZATION COMPLETE SS ON 21 HMI OFF PB 31 ON SS OR ONLINE REQUEST 32 HMI ENGDEV PB 33 STOP FAULT 41 DC PRECHARGE COMPLETE 51 DC CONNECT COMPLETE 61 AC CONNECT COMPLETE LOCAL 62 AC CONNECT COMPLETE REMOTE
51. an Ethernet network using RJ 45 Ethernet port 1 on the controller front panel Use a standard Category 5 CAT 5 or better shielded twisted pair Ethernet cable to connect the chassis to an Ethernet hub or use an Ethernet crossover cable to connect the chassis directly to a computer Troubleshooting Network Communication If the cRIO 9068 cannot communicate with the network you can perform the following troubleshooting steps 1 Hold the RESET button down for 5 seconds and then release it The STATUS LED turns on and then starts blinking 3 times every few seconds The chassis is now in safe mode with output from the serial port enabled You can use the serial port to read the IP Address of the controller If you want the controller to attempt a new DHCP connection proceed to Step 2 2 Hold the RESET button down for 5 seconds and then release it The STATUS LED turns on and then starts blinking 3 times every few seconds The cRIO 9068 attempts to establish a new DCHP connection if it fails it assigns itself a link local IP Address If the DHCP connection is successful and appropriate for your application skip to Step 4 3 Configure the IP and other network settings in MAX 4 Press and release the RESET button to reboot the chassis 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 1 1 Configuration Program LabVIEW Configuring a Project with Connected Hardware The controller must be attached to a ch
52. an invalid selection is made it will be ignored Press Exits the change mode Press Use to scroll to other product setting menus Press Press to enter Press to change Press when done BEER to select 890PX product codes and operate properly Press Press Q to enter Press to change Press when done for 60 Hz supplies Press twice Updates the inverter with new selections Start up Display 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 1 6 Inverter Keypad Password Protection When activated password protection makes all parameters read only which prevents unauthorized users from accidentally changing settings You enable password protection by changing PASSWORD to a value other than 0000 Repeat this procedure and set the PASSWORD to 0000 to disable password protection IMPORTANT Remember your password Otherwise to regain control for changes you must reset the factory defaults and you will lose all of your settings Action Description Comments Display Press Navigate to menu level 1 Use OG to navigate to SETUP Press Navigate to menu level 2 Use OG to navigate to MENUS Press Navigate to menu level 3 Use navigate to ACCESS CONTROL Press Pres 0 Press Use toset When set to 0000 password protection is when done PASSWORD OFF for all o
53. be inspected before it is re placed into service Only qualified personnel should work on this equipment after becoming thoroughly familiar with all warnings safety notices and maintenance procedures contained herein and on the devices The successful and safe operation of this equipment is depen dant on proper handling installation operation and mainte Optional arc chute covers must be replaced at least istis after three short circuit interruptions Only SIEMENS authorized repair or replacement parts shall be used on this equipment p gt All maintenance inspection policies dictated here within must be strictly adhered to 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Preparation for maintenance Opening the circuit breaker and discharging the stored energy springs OPEN the Circuit Breaker F Disconnect Secondary Circuits 0017 01 CLOSE the Circuit Breaker Associated Equipment D 37 OPEN the Circuit Breaker 0017 04 INDICATIONS DISCHARGED CONTACTS READY SPRING 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 0017 01 D 38 Associated Equipment Checking arc chutes A Frame size and II with flush arc chute B Frame size II C class and frame size III 1 B T D 2222 CAUTION Risk of breaking Do n
54. displays a lot of data pertaining to the overall state of the Inverter Enclosure e The state of the contactors and the Main Circuit Breaker e current of each AC output phase total AC Output current and Filter Capacitor phase currents e The Input DC voltage the AC Output Voltage to the Grid and the three AC Output phase to phase voltages The Sync Frequency Id Iq Feedback Kilowatt KVAR and Power Factor The state of the Inverter Stack PCM R134a Refrigerant Level Heatsink Temperature Pump Inlet Temperature Pump Speed Condenser Fan Speed The State Machine active state e Temperature Sensing String Temperatures DC Panels MCB Busbar Filter Busbar Cap Door Busbar Stack Busbar e Thermocouple readings 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Operations 3 25 Inverter Stack BC ICA 00 i Evap Cnd1Fan Stopped Volts i DE AB 1 Pump Cnd2Fan Sync 0 Therminals Device E ES 2l 2800 Sync Freq c 9 TAS 0 00 38 sac 14 Feedback 0 TGs 31 Heatsink Temp 6 GER OG Supply p 34 Strikesorb Panel aid FRA Box Pump Speed 40 i Currents RMS Pump Inlet Temp R134a Level I 4687 Exlemal Ambient Condenser Fan Speed I 0 37 hin Fan 80 TM WINDOW WATCHDOGS ALARMS Active Alarms
55. engineering and service personnel 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 WINDOW Selection Screen Operations 2 27 WINDOW Selection screen allows the operator to navigate to different screens HOME ALARM Screen Trend Screen INVERTER SETUP Screen PCM CONFIGURATION Screen Electrical Overview Screen Miscellaneous Screen Local Control Screen SCADA Information Screen 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 HOME ALARM Screen TREND Screen PCM CONFIGURATION Trending N 35 Evap Fan 7 e TE SCADA Screen Figure 3 35 HMI WINDOW Selection Screen 3 28 Operations SCADA Screen The SCADA screen allows the operator to monitor SCADA communication data Inputs from SCADA Active Power Target KW Reactive Power Target kVAr Watchdog Figure 3 36 HMI SCADA Screen 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Operations 3 29 PCM CONFIGURATION Screen The PCM CONFIGURATION screen allows the operator to set the Filter Inductance Current Loop gains and DC Volt Demand i loop int gain Ramp Time S m DC Volts Demand PLC 206208 Figure 3 37 HMI PCM CONFIGURATION Screen 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 3 30 Operations ALARM Screen The ALARM screen allows the operator to view acknowledge and clear active alarms and to view a
56. measured value is indicated on the LCD display or an externally connectable measuring instrument A fault storage setting allows the device to reset automatically or require a manual reset An external and internal test reset can be activated remotely or on the device A comprehensive INFO menu displays additional information such as the current leakage capacitance IRDH275 continuously monitors the equipment ground connection to ensure proper operation Figure 3 19 Bender Ground Fault Detector and coupling device 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Operations 3 1 7 Typical HMI The Parker IPX10S D HMI See Figure 3 20 includes 2 RS 232 ports 2 10 100BT Ethernet ports 4 USB ports optional PCI expansion slots Flexible programming allows for multiple ports to be active simultaneously The IPX10S D is powered from 120 220 VAC 50 60 Hz protected by a 15 amp FNM fuse Figure 3 20 Parker IPX10S D Industrial PC Touchscreen 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 3 18 Operations Isolation Transformer An Isolation Transformer is required to connect the output of the Grid Tie Inverter to the grid The Battery Inverter Enclosure has provisions for accepting two dry contact inputs a temperature warning indication 180 C and temperature fault indication 200 C Parker can provide specific transformer requirements upon request but general requirements include equippin
57. properly and result in nuisance tripping Clean the breaker housing and inspect it for cracks or signs of overheating Tighten all connections Exercise the breaker several times to ensure the mechanism has freedom of movement and to allow contact wiping Connectors Examine for signs of deterioration cracking flaking overheating tracking or arcing Ensure that all connectors are clean and dry 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Maintenance 5 9 Insulators and Conductor Supports 9 9 9 9 Inspect for signs of discoloration melting cracking broken pieces and other physical damage or deterioration Clean all loose dirt with lint free rags For contaminates that will not remove easily solvents approved by the manufacturer may be used Examine for evidence of moisture that may lead to tracking or flashover while in operation Examine surrounding areas for signs of tracking arcing or overheating Repair or replace damaged insulators and supports as necessary Examine all bolts and connecting devices for signs of deterioration corrosion or overheating Examine marked bolts to ensure the connection has not loosened or moved Examine any places where dissimilar metals come into contact for signs of galvanic action Apply an antioxidant compound to all aluminum to copper connections Connection Torque Ensure that bolts and connecting devices are tight according to manufacturer s
58. run cooling system Autorestart when internal temp 65C Cap Door Therminal Temperature Warning 7A1 7A15 Measured Temp lt 20 gt 135 Warning Annunciated COMMS BREAK COMMS BREAK parameter is set to True Check Configuration to determine source of the signal Disable output manual reset required 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 List of Fault Codes F 3 Condenser Inlet Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 gt 70 Inverter stops run cooling system Autorestart when internal temp 65C Condenser Inlet Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 gt 65 Warning Annunciated Condenser Outlet Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 gt 70 Inverter stops run cooling system Autorestart when internal temp 65C Condenser Outlet Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 gt 65 Warning Annunciated CONTACTOR FBK The CONTACTOR CLOSED input in the SEQUENCING LOGIC function block remained FALSE after a run command was issued FirstTrip 14 Disable output manual reset required CURRENT BALANCE Poor current sharing between IGBTs within a CD module Manufacturing defect in a CD module FirstTrip 72 PLC to autorestart Maintenance required if more than 1 event Occurs in succession CURRENT SHARING Fault indicating paralleled CD modules are not sharing effectively Fault will indicate which module reported exc
59. setting I Page 9 22 defines the maximum continuous current the circuit breaker can carry without tripping The long time delay t Page 9 22 determines the maximum duration of an overload without tripping Short time delay short circuit tripping S tripping Short Time Delay or short circuit current tripping 1 4 Page 9 22 defines the maximum Short term current the circuit breaker can carry without tripping Short time delay or short circuit current tripping time delay t 4 Page 9 23 determines the maximum duration of a Short term current overload without tripping Instantaneous short circuit tripping I tripping If the current setting Page 9 23 is exceeded the circuit breaker is tripped instantaneously SIEMENS WL Circuit Breaker Fault Indications LED State Meaning Description Page ACTIVE Flashing LED Trip unit is activated livn 9 20 ALARM Steady LED Overcurrent Alarm gt 9 20 COMM Communication Active COM initiated with another module 9 20 EXTEND Extended Function Metering Event saved in Memory 9 20 TRIP L Overcurrent Long Term When Query Button Pushed 9 21 TRIP S Overcurrent Short Term When Query Button Pushed 9 21 TRIP Overcurrent Instantaneous When Query Button Pushed 9 21 TRIP G Overcurrent Ground Fault When Query Button Pushed 9 21 TU ERROR Flashing LED Limited protective function Rotary coding undefined 9 21 intermediate Position TU Defective TU ERROR Steady LED Protective function not guaran
60. the training the name of the person trained the date s of the training and the subject of the certification Protection Requirements Head Foot and Hand Protection 1 Protective helmets must be used wherever there is the possible danger of head injury from impact or from falling or flying objects or from electrical shock and burns Protective helmets must meet the American National Standard for Personnel Protection Requirements ANSI 289 1 1986 Protective Headwear for Industrial Workers Protective footwear must be used wherever there is the danger of foot injuries due to falling or rolling objects objects piercing the sole or where feet are exposed to electrical hazards Protective footwear must meet the requirements of the American National Standard for Personal Protection Protective Footwear ANSI 241 1991 Appropriate protective gloves must be used wherever there is the danger to hands of exposure to hazards such as those from skin absorption of harmful substances severe cuts or lacerations severe abrasions punctures chemical burns thermal burns and harmful temperature extremes 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Personal Protective Equipment 6 5 Eye and Face Protection 1 Workers are required to wear appropriate eye protective devices while participating or observing activities which present a potential eye safety hazard 2 All protective eye and face devices must comply with ANSI Z87 1 198
61. tubing The aluminum fin stock is relatively thin and easily bent The severity with which they Figure 5 12 Finned Condenser are bent the depth of the deformity and the total surface area of the No Deformation coil affected are some of the primary factors that should be taken into account when deciding to repair or replace a condenser coil o Negligible damage which involves minor deformation of the fin surface over less than 10 percent of the surface area The depth of the deformation to the fins does not extend to the condenser tubing and no deformation of the condenser tubing has occurred With negligible damage the air flow through the condenser coil is not significantly impeded While this type of damage is not aesthetically pleasing it generally does not require corrective action PE o Minor damage to a condenser coil is described as shallow indentations in the coil surface that exceeds 10 percent but does not involve more than 15 Sum mmm Figure 5 12a Finned Condenser Deformed Area 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 5 26 Maintenance percent of the coil surface area This level of damage requires straightening out the condenser fins to restore optimum air flow through the coil o Moderate damage is defined as coil indentations or paths of bent fins that are at least 1 8 inch deep and cover more than 15 percent of the c
62. unit provides ultra rugged termination pass through bars that allow CT leads to voltage L N X X X be terminated on the meter This eliminates any possible point of failure at the Voltage LL X X X meter This is a preferred technique for insuring that relay class CT integrity is not Current per Phase X X X X compromised the CT will not open in a fault condition Watts Tot X X X VAR Tot X X X X Measured Values WIR 3 The following table lists the measured values available in Real Time Average ABC Tot Maximum and Minimum Harmonics up to the 40th order for Current and up to the Gyan 3rd order for Voltage are measured A B C Tot i Watt hr X ili k A B C Tot Utility Peak Demand anda The Shark 100 50 meter provides user configured Block Fixed Window or Rolling 7 Window Demand This feature lets you set up a customized Demand profile Block A B C Tot Window Demand is demand over user configured demand period usually 5 15 or 1 x TO 30 minutes Rolling Window Demand is a fixed window demand that moves for a VUE user specified subinterval period For example a 15 minute demand using 3 Tot subintervals and providing new Demand reading every 5 minutes based on the last va hr X 15 minutes A B C Tot Harmonics To the 40 Order Utility Demand features can be used to calculate kW kVAR kVA and PF readings All Fre
63. which DC contactor will not close DC Contactor Failed To Open DC contactor will not open Welded Contacts Contactor failure Warning Annunciated indicating which DC contactor will not open DC Panel 1 Therminal Temperature Fault 1A1 1414 Measured Temp lt 40 gt 150 Inverter stops run cooling system Autorestart when internal temp 65C DC Panel Therminal Temperature Warning 1A1 1414 Measured Temp lt 20C gt 135C Warning Annunciated DC Precharge Contactor Failed To Close DC contactor will not close Failed coil or contactor Warning Annunciated indicating which DC contactor will not close DC Precharge Contactor Failed To Open DC contactor will not open Welded Contacts Contactor failure Warning Annunciated indicating which DC contactor will not open DC Supply Area Ambient Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 gt 70 Inverter stops run cooling system Autorestart when internal temp 65C DC Supply Area Ambient Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 gt 65 Warning Annunciated DC Surge Suppression Fuse Fault DC Line surge 4 shorted 10F20 blown fuse indicator open Warning Annunciated DESAT OVER I Severe instantaneous overcurrent Short circuit on the output of the Inverter FirstTrip 24 Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required DRIVE CONFIG ERR The configuration defined
64. 0 A TIS A 2 5 32 5 230 230 24 24 VDC 24 VOC POM HMI UPS UPS LVRT SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY STACK AUX SUPPLY 3 PH 12 50 60 HZ 380 400 480 VAC Operations 3 7 POWER SUPPLY MVA 3 PH VAC 50 60 HZ 2835 AMPS MAX 3000 FRAME B90PXP __ MW INVERTER SEE SHT 3 FITTED ONLY WITH 480VAC 10 A 100 100 24 0 SUP 20 A 6A i i i i i T20 20 P204 720 CT20A l COND FAN CNTRL 1 COND FAN CNTRL 2 3 7 KW 3 7 KW Q Q O 380 480 VAC 380 480 VAC 24 VOC 24 24 24 24 VDC 15 15 230 VAC 59 47A 59 A7 A DC INVERTER LVRT PUMP EVAP POWER HEATER 1600 REM REM DC LINK SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY FRAME FRAME Figure 3 3 Power One Line 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 3 8 Operations FILTER INDUCTANCE AND CAPACITANCE VARY WITH APPLICATION AC VOLTAGE DC VOLTAGE AND RATED POWER B90PXP AC INV PHASE 10 2 Me CONTACTOR OPENED BY PLC AC INV WHEN INVERTER IN STANDBY MODE PHASE AC INV PHASE 1W A 4 4 A DC BUS 890PXP AC INV PHASE 2U p INV 2 890PXP AC INV BUS PHASE 2W 77 BP des gt NE et a0 ai AC INV PHASE 3
65. 0F19 2 ACCESS 114 8 DC Surge Suppression 10F20 10F21 AJT 200 ACCESS 4 8 DC Precharge 10F24 10F25 DET 10 ACCESS 6 7 WARNING Internal fuses can only be accessed with AC utility disconnect switches DC Input disconnects open deenergized and Locked Out Tagged Out 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 4 Troubleshooting Typical Table of Symptoms and Possible Causes NOTE This list is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all possible failures See Appendix F for more information and a list of annunciated system faults and warnings 10A1 Inverter Heater LA473303U001 Assy Short Circuit Shut Down Overload Inverter Trips CB2 Trips Inverter Disconnect Breaker Rodents Pests EPO Active Transformer T1 Failure Short Circuit Overload 380 480VAC 120 220VAC CB3 Trips Rodents Pests Control Power Breaker A1 PLC PS3 PS5 A4 Shark Energy Meter Condenser Fan Controls F1 Blowing 24 EPO Supply EPO Relay Short Circuit Overload CER F2 Blowing 220VAC Supply Short Circuit Overload F3 Blowing 220VAC UPS Supply K1 K3 EPOA Short Circuit Overload 5 PS2a b 24 LVRT Inverter Blowing 220VAC Supply LVRT Stack PLCI O Short Circuit Overload F13 Blowing 220VAC 5 Human Machine Interface No Local Control Still able to communicate Short Circuit Overload over SCADA or laptop TOP K R ing
66. 1 6 Technical Specifications Digital Input Details Grid Tie Inverter Digital Inputs DIN1 DIN9 Conforming to IEC1131 2 Nominal Rated Voltage 24 DC Absolute Maximum Input Voltage 15V to ON Input Threshold 15V to 30V Threshold Input Hysteresis Hysteresis OFF Sample Rate Input Current 7 3mA 10 24V NI 9425 Digital Inputs 32 Channel 24V Sinking Absolute Maximum Input Voltage 8 chan 60V to 60V 32 chan 30V to Input Hysteresis 2Vmin 60 pA min Sample Rate Input Current 210V gt 330 Off lt 5 lt 150 uA Power Consumption Active Mode 410 mW max 1 45 W 70 max Sleep Mode 0 5 mW max 1 W 9 70 C max 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Technical Specifications E 7 Digital Output Details Grid Tie Inverter Digital Outputs There are six digital outputs Two are current sourcing outputs DINOUT1 and DINOUT2 The third is a pair of volt free relay contacts DOUT3A and DOUT3B DINOUT1 DINOUT2 Output High Voltage 218V lt 26V On state output current 0 to maximum output currnet Maximum Output Current 2160mA Note the maximum output current is the sum of all 24V sourced outputs i e Ipinout1 Ipinour2 lav user 160mA Overload Short Circuit Protection Indefinite Rated Voltage Rated Current Isolation Resistance 210 Q off state Arc Protection Update Rate NI9476 Digital Outputs 32 Channel 24V So
67. 1 HZ Pulse Train PLC SDC Watchdog 01 xPLCiSDCWatchdog Bool Pulse Train 1 HZ Pulse Train PLC PQM Watchdog 02 xPQMiWatchdog Bool Pulse Train 1 HZ Pulse Train 03 Bool 04 Bool 05 Bool 06 Bool 07 Bool 08 Bool 09 Bool 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 1 8 Programming 890GT SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units 10 Bool 11 12 Bool 13 Bool 14 Bool 15 Bool PLC PCM Comms Fault 00 xHMIqPCMCommsFault Bool Maintained 1 PCM Watchdog Timeout PLC SDC Comms Fault 01 xHMIqSDCCommsFault Bool Maintained 1 SDC Watchdog Timeout PLC PQM Comms Fault 02 xHMIqPQMCommsFault Bool Maintained 1 PQM Watchdog Timeout 03 Bool 04 Bool 05 Bool 06 Bool 07 Bool 08 Bool 09 Bool 10 Bool xii Bool 12 Bool 13 Bool 14 Bool 15 Bool Boolean Word 6 40285 bitfield32 Bitwise Commit Persistents Acknowledgement 00 xHMIqCommitPersistents Bool Maintained 1 Commit Request Complete Recall Persistents Acknowledgement 01 xHMIqRecallPersistents Bool Maintained 1 Recall Request Complete HMI Shutdown Warning 02 xHMIqWarnHMIShutdown Bool Maintained 1 Warning HMI Shutdown via VBA script 03 xHMIqHMIShutdown Bool Maintained 1 Runtime and OS Shurdown HMI Shutdown Override 04 xHMIqHMIShutdownOver
68. 1 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A18 Bool Maintained 1 Warning 02 Bool 03 Bool 04 Bool 05 Bool 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Programming 23 890GT SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units 06 Bool 07 Bool 08 Bool 09 Bool 10 Bool 11 410 Bool 13 Bool 14 Bool 15 Bool DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A17 00 xHMIqFaultTempDCPanel4A17 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A18 01 xHMIqFaultTempDCPanel4A18 Bool Maintained 1 Fault 02 Bool 03 Bool 04 Bool 05 Bool 06 Bool 07 Bool 08 Bool 09 Bool 10 Bool 141 12 13 Bool 14 Bool 15 Bool Boolean Word 11 40295 bitfield32 Bitwise DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4A1 00 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A1 Bool Maintained 1 Warning DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4A2 01 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A2 Bool Maintained 1 Warning DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4A3 02 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A3 Bool Maintained 1 Warning DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4A4 03 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A4 Bool Maintained 1 Warning DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4 5 04 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A5 Bool Maintained 1 Warning DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4A6 05 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A6 Boo
69. 10a Coveralls 12 2 cal cm When working within the Restricted Approach Boundary or the Arc Flash Boundary ASTM F 1506 10a Rubber Insulating Gloves Class 0 When Insulated Gloves are required by task ASTM D 120 09 Leather Protectors ASTM F 496 06 When Insulated Gloves are required by task Minimum thickness 03in unlined ATPV value gt 10 cal cm Cotton Liners Cotton When Insulated Gloves are required by task optional Steel Toe Boots Heavy duty Leather Daily wear ASTF 2413 05 must be non conductive NO ESD Outer Layers Garments worn as outer layers over arc rated clothing must also be made from arc rated material Use as Required Tools 1000V Rated When work on live circuits gt 50V is required by task ASTM F 1505 f a shirt is worn as a top layer it must be rated at 10 5 cal cm If it is worn under coveralls rated at 12 2 cal cm it may be natural fibers and may be short sleeved pants are worn as a top layer they must be rated at 10 5 cal cm If they are worn under coveralls rated at 12 2 cal cm they may be natural fibers Coveralls are the preferred method of protection For more information please see Chapter 6 PPE 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 1 10 Safety Safety Information WARNING Ignoring the following may result in serious injury or damage to equipment Approach Boundaries to Exposed energized Conductors Parts for qualified employees NFPA 70E Table 12 1 e
70. 16 ASCII 40064 uint16 ASCII 40065 uint16 ASCII 40066 uint16 ASCII 40067 uint16 ASCII 40068 uint16 ASCII Device Address 40069 1 uint16 N A ModbusTCP pad 40070 0x8000 uint16 pad Force Even Length Model Identifier 40071 113 uint16 113 Inverter FLOAT Model Model Length 40072 60 uint16 Model Length 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Programming B 7 8 Programming AC Current 0 40073 Sum of next three tags active phases float32 Amps Phase A Current 1 40075 rPOMiAmpsA float32 Amps Phase B Current 2 40077 rPQMiAmpsB float32 Amps Phase C Current 3 40079 rPQMiAmpsC float32 Amps Phase Voltage AB 4 40081 rPQMiVoltsAB float32 Volts AC Phase Voltage BC 5 40083 rPQMiVoltsBC float32 Volts AC Phase Voltage CA 6 40085 rPOMiVoltsCA float32 Volts AC Phase Voltage AN 7 40087 rPLCqNotlmplemented float32 Volts AC Phase Voltage BN 8 40089 rPLCqNotlmplemented float32 Volts AC Phase Voltage CN 3 40091 rPLCqNotlmplemented float32 Volts AC AC Power 10 40093 rPQMiWatts60Cycle float32 Watts AC Line Frequency 1 40095 rPQMiFrequency float32 HZ AC Apparent Power 12 40097 rPQMiVAs60Cycle float32 VA AC Reactive Power 13 40099 rPQMiVARs60Cycle float32 VAr AC Power Factor 14 40101 float32 unitless AC Energy 15 40103 dwPQMiWattHourTotal uint32 WattHours DC Current 16 40105 rPLCqNotlmplemented f
71. 201 Issue 01 Maintenance 5 2 1 12 Open all valves except inlet valve on recovery unit 13 Start unit and slowly open inlet valve 14 Observe refrigerant scale and monitor the amount of refrigerant being recovered Do not exceed the 8096 recovery tank limit Change tanks if required making sure to record weights and continue until gauge on recovery unit descends into the vacuum range Once into this range recovery can be considered complete Refilling the system Refilling the system is essentially the exact reverse of the extraction procedure with the same attention being paid to avoiding contamination of the system and the weight of the refrigerant being put into the unit On the Recovery Unit move hose 2 to the red Out connection and hose 3 to the filter on the blue In connection Figure 5 7 Proceed to charge the system to the appropriate pounds listed below Figure 5 7 Drive Type R 134a charge 890GTB 45 pounds Water cooled standard 890PX C 13 pounds 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 5 22 Maintenance Cooling System Components The cooling system utilizes a refrigerant vaporizable dielectric fluid VDF as the working coolant The fluid is pumped around a closed loop consisting of pumps plumbing cold plate s where the heat is removed from the devices being cooled an evaporator and a condenser Photographs of typical components are shown in Figures 5 8 to 5 11 li Inlet
72. 400A 3L B 10 1 54733130010 FS CLIP 381 CYL 10D 10A DCT 10A Mersen LA473321U001 5 1 54735480002 FS CLIP 1271 CYL 21D 2 0 GRD 2A Mersen LA473321U002 5 4 F CS473760U100 AC DC Surge Suppression Fuse 600VAC 100A 200KA Mersen 100 5 3 F CS473760U100 FS BLT 117L 27D 92P 100A TDC Parker EGT CS473760U100 5 3 D CW047379 RECTIFIER BRIDGE TYPE 1PH FW 1600PIV SEMIKRON LA473303U001 1 2 CY473492 LVRT Capacitor 400VDC 220H Parker EGT LA473303U001 2 4 R CZ389853 Dynamic Brake Resistor 460VAC 1000 100W EGT LA473303U001 2 1 4 DA473172U200 Power Meter SHARK 200T 60 10 V2 D2 INP10 Electro Ind LB472963 1 1 DB470805U035 CONTACTOR AC 30 10 35A 24VDC COIL LP1D1810BD SQUARED LA473303U001 1 1 EPOA DB470807U001 RLY PWR 30 2C 24VDC 10A WSD SQUARE D LA473303U001 1 1 DC DB471832 RL CHSS 8166 73 1NO 500A 1000VDC 9VCOIL Parker EGT LA472983U001 1 1 K DB473116U040 CONTACTOR AC 3P 40A 1 220V 50 60 Parker EGT DB473116U040 1 1 473369 RLY SAFETY 3NO 1 24VDC DIN 1SAR501331R0001 ABB LA473303U001 1 1 K DB473373 LVRT_RLY_240VAC 50 60Hz 15A 20 2C SQUARE D LA473303U001 1 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Technical Specifications E 21 1 CB DC472106U100 AC Circuit Breaker 600VAC 100A Siemens NEGB300L 1 1 CB DC473189U300 Circuit Breaker 600VAC 3000A L2F330WGCJAA
73. 5 A 0 15 to 5 A 45 to 65 Hz 0 15 to 5 A 69 to 480 V 0 5 to 1 lag lead PF 0 15 to 5 A 69 to 480 V 0 5 to 1 lag lead PF 0 15 to 5 A 69 to 480 V 0 to 0 8 lag lead PF 0 15 to 5 A 69 to 480 V 0 to 0 8 lag lead PF 0 15 to 5 A 69 to 480 V 0 5 to 1 lag lead PF Apparent Energy Total VAh Power Factor Frequency Total Harmonic Distortion 90 Load Bar For 2 5 element programmed units degrade accuracy by an additional 0 596 of reading For 1A Class 2 Nominal degrade accuracy by an additional 0 596 of reading For 1A Class 2 Nominal the input current range for Accuracy specification is 2096 of the values listed in the table 0 2 of reading 0 2 of reading 0 01Hz 1 segment 0 15 to 5 A 69 to 480 V 0 5 to 1 lag lead PF 0 15 to 5 A 69 to 480 V 0 5 to 1 lag lead PF 45 to 65 Hz 0 5 to 10 A or 69 to 480 V measurement range 1 to 99 99 0 005 to 6 A Associated Equipment D 25 For unbalanced voltage inputs where at least one crosses the 150V auto scale threshold for example 120V 120V 208V system degrade accuracy by additional 0 4 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 26 Associated Equipment 5 02 12 75cm 4 78 12 10cm 4 16 0 62 10 60cm 1 61cm 3 52 8 90cm
74. 9 Note Regular prescription eye glasses do not meet this requirement Goggles or other protective glasses meeting the American National Standard must be worn over top prescription eye glasses Hearing Protection 1 Whenever feasible employers are required to reduce the noise at the source through engineering solutions When this is not possible or economically feasible it is acceptable to use hearing protection as a temporary solution The term hearing conservation as defined by OSHA includes the following aspects which the employer is responsible to carry out A Monitoring of the noise environment If the TWA Time Weighted Average noise level is exceeding 85 dB A a hearing conservation program is required B Several different types of hearing protectors are required to be offered to the employees The employees are required to use the hearing protection and the employer is responsible for the enforcement C Establishing a baseline audiogram for each noise exposed employee and annual hearing tests thereafter in order to monitor the hearing health of the employees D Take corrective action when it is concluded that a noise induced hearing damage is occurring Corrective action can entail further education and training in the use and importance of full time use of hearing protection Seeking the use of hearing protectors better suited to the environment and the individual 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 6 6 Pers
75. 9 Started Device is Started 9 Online Remote Device is online in remote mode 10 Stop Fault Device is faulted 11 Exit Device is in exit 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Programming B m 1 3 Grid Tie Inverter Typical SunSpec SCADA available data 890GT_ SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units Model Identifier 40265 64800 uint16 0 Model Length 40266 247 uint16 1 Watchdog Timer Scada to Inverter 40267 wSSiControllerHb uint16 0 3 rollover 2 0 Set Operation 40268 wSSiSetOperation enum16 3 1 Start 2 Stop T 3 bool Enter Standby 4 Exit Standby Ex bool 9 bool bool a bool 8 Alarm Reset 40269 wSSiAlarmReset uint16 1 Reset 5 412 Charge Current Limit 40270 wSSiChargeLimit uint16 DC Amps 15 3 Discharge Current Limit 40271 wSSiDischargeLimit uint16 DC Amps 614 Charge Discharge Current Limit Scale Factor 40272 iSSiChargeDischargeLimit_SF sunssf 7 5 Watchdog Timer Inverter to Scada 40273 wSSqPCSHb unit16 0 3 rollover 8 Local Remote Enum 40274 wSSqLocalRemote enum16 1 Remote 2 Local Boolean Word 1 40275 bitfield32 Bitwise DC Main Contactor Status 00 xPLCiStsDCBCnt Bool Maintained 1 Closed E 01 Bool 02 Bool 03 Bool 04 Bool E 05 Bool 5 06 gt 07 Bool DC Prechar
76. A5 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Main Breaker Busbar Temperature Fault 5A6 05 xHMIqFaultTempMCBBusBar5A6 Bool Maintained 1 Fault 06 Bool 07 Bool 08 Bool 09 Bool 10 Bool 11 Bool 12 Bool 13 Bool 14 Bool 15 Bool Boolean Word 13 40299 bitfield32 Bitwise Filter Busbar Temperature Warning 6A1 00 xHMIqWarnTempFltrBusBar6A1 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Filter Busbar Temperature Warning 6A2 01 xHMIqWarnTempFltrBusBar6A2 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Filter Busbar Temperature Warning 6A3 02 xHMIqWarnTempFltrBusBar6A3 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Filter Busbar Temperature Warning 6A4 03 xHMIqWarnTempFltrBusBar6A4 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Filter Busbar Temperature Warning 6A5 04 xHMIqWarnTempFltrBusBar6A5 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Filter Busbar Temperature Warning 6A6 05 xHMIqWarnTempFltrBusBar6A6 Bool Maintained 1 Warning 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 B 26 Programming 890GT SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units Filter Busbar Temperature Warning 6A7 06 xHMIqWarnTempFltrBusBar6A7 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Filter Busbar Temperature Warning 6A8 07 xHMIqWarnTempFltrBusBar6A8 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Filter Busbar Temperature Warning 6A9 08 xHMIqWarnTempFltrBusBar6A9 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Fi
77. ANING ACTION LC Filter Contactor Failed To Close Command State and AUX do not agree Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required LC Filter Contactor Failed To Open Command State and AUX do not agree Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required LOCAL MODE SCADA trying to command the inverter while the inverter is in local mode Warning only Inverter will only respond to local commands LOW AC VOLTS AB LOW AC VOLTS BC LOW AC VOLTS CA Brownout event occurred Line is not energized Transformer fault AC voltage measurement problem AC breaker not functioning properly Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required LOW FREQ FAULT Excessive line harmonics Line fault has occurred Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required MCB Busbar Therminal Temperature Fault 5A1 5A6 Measured Temp lt 40 Cor 150 Inverter stops run cooling system Autorestart when internal temp 65C MCB Busbar Therminal Temperature Warning 5A1 5A6 Measured Temp lt 20 gt 135 Warning Annunciated The motor has stalled not rotating Current limit level is set too low Stall trip duration is set too low MOTOR STALLED 5 a Automatic Restart 5 Possible maintenance required Fixed or auto boost levels are set too high FirstTrip 8 OP STATION has Disable output man
78. AVN Siemens 1 472963 1 3 CT DD472426U050 ASSY 50A 4033 30H Parker EGT LA473321U002 3 2 CT DD473753U400 ACCurrent Transformers 4000 5 0 396 Flex Core 125 402 2 2 M DL473633U001 Condenser Fan EGT DL473633U001 1 1 EPOA DM353132 TIMER AUX TDD 10 1C 120VAC 10A Parker EGT LA472983U001 1 1 A1 DV473370 PLC TC Input Module 16ch NI 9213 National Instruments LA473303U001 1 1 1 DV473371 PLC Analog Input Module 32ch NI 9205 National Instruments LA473303U001 1 1 A1 DV473372 PLC Digital Input Module 32ch 24VDC NI 9425 National Instruments LA473303U001 1 1 A1 DV473759 COMP PERIPH CNTLR_8SLOT_W_FPGA_NI_9068 National Instruments LA473303U001 1 1 1 DV473881 PLC Analog Input Module 3ch NI 9225 National Instruments LA473303U001 1 1 A1 DV473880 PLC Analog Input Module 4ch NI 9227 National Instruments LA473303U001 1 1 DV473488 COMP PERIPH 8 PORT ETHERNET SWITCH SE SW8U WT Automation Direct LA473303U001 1 2 PS DY473588U020 PSU ASSY 24VDC 20A 1KW Weidmuller LA473303U001 1 1 5 DY473588U040 PSU ASSY 24VDC 40A 1KW Weidmuller LA473303U001 1 1 PS4 DY473379 PSU ASSY 15VDC 3 4A 50W PULS LA473303U001 1 d 55 DY473380 PSU ASSY 15VDC 1A 15W PULS LA473303U001 1 1 A LA471775U001 AC890PX Pump Control Module Assy EGT LA473344U001 1 1 A LA471892U002 AFE SYNCHRONIZATION ATTENUATOR EGT LA473344U001 1 9 A LA4729571790 ASSY 1PHOP 900KW 700V GTI EGT LA473001W260 3 1 LA472972X001 ASSY PDCT PCM cc EGT LA473001W260 1 1 4472974 ASSY DIG INTF EGT
79. Busbar Temperature Fault 8A5 04 xHMIqFaultTempinvBusBar8A5 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Fault 8A6 05 xHMIqFaultTempinvBusBar8A6 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Fault 8A7 06 xHMIqFaultTempinvBusBar8A7 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Fault 8A8 07 xHMIqFaultTempinvBusBar8A8 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Fault 8A9 08 xHMIqFaultTempinvBusBar8A9 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Fault 8A10 09 xHMIqFaultTempinvBusBar8A10 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Fault 8A11 10 xHMIqFaultTempinvBusBar8A11 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Link Volts 40305 rPCMiDCLinkVolts float32 Volts DC Mains Current 40307 rPCMiMainsCurrentA float32 Amps AC From Inverter Terminal Volts 40309 rPCMiTerminalVolts float33 Volts AC From Inverter Hardware Sync Frequency 40311 rPCMiHardwareSyncFreq float34 Hertz spare 40313 float35 Heatsink Temperature Hottest IGBT 40315 rPCMiHeatSinkTemp float36 Degrees Celsius 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Programming 29 890GT SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units 1 0 Inverter Rated Real Current Demand 40317 rPCMildDemand float37 Current 1 0 Inverter Rated Reactive Current Demand 40319 rPC
80. CChokeV2 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Reactor W2 Temperature Warning 05 xHMIqWarnTempLCChokeW2 Bool Maintained 1 Warning 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 20 Programming 890GT SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units Reactor U3 Temperature Warning 06 xHMIqWarnTempLCChokeU3 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Reactor V3 Temperature Warning 07 xHMIqWarnTempLCChokeV3 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Reactor W3 Temperature Warning 08 xHMIqWarnTempLCChokeW3 Bool Maintained 1 Warning DC Power Supply Area Temperature Warning 09 xHMIqWarnTempDCSupply Bool Maintained 1 Warning Internal Ambient Temperature Warning 10 xHMIqWarnTemplnternalAmbient Bool Maintained 1 Warning External Ambient Temperature Warning xil xHMIqWarnTempExternalAmbient Bool Maintained 1 Warning Aux Power CB Area Temperature Warning 12 xHMIqWarnTempAuxPwrAmbient Bool Maintained 1 Warning Aux Power Transformer Area Temperature Warning 13 xHMIqWarnTempAuxPwrXfrmrAmbient Bool Maintained 1 Warning Condenser Inlet Temperature Warning 14 xHMIqWarnTempR134Cndlnlet Bool Maintained 1 Warning Condenser Outlet Temperature Warning 15 xHMIqWarnTempR134CndOutlet Bool Maintained 1 Warning Reactor U1 Temperature Fault 00 xHMIqFaultTempLCChokeU1 Bool Mai
81. CP Modbus TCP Modbus TCP Client Server Client Power Quality Meter Figure 3 1 Network Communications 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Operations 3 3 The Parker EGT Battery Inverter Enclosure comprises one Grid Tie Inverter fed from one or more battery feeds typically from Battery Enclosure s The maximum input DC current is 3100 A The rated AC output power is three phase three wire ungrounded and protected by a 65 kA Sc and up to 3000A rated AC circuit breaker with electronic trip unit The enclosure is equipped with access doors access panels and interior lighting Designed as a modular component inverter the Parker EGT Battery Inverter comprises removable modules housed in a rack with front door and rear panel Local control is achieved using the provided selector switch and local HMI Remote control is achieved using the provided selector switch and an external SDC Site Dispatch Controller SCADA system DSE 890 Configuration Tool provides access to parameters and configuration for in depth troubleshooting e Option Cards can be fitted to the inverter to provide serial communications using several different communication protocols The inverter is available in different voltage builds Each build contains inverters with different power ratings The following example is for an 890GTB 2206 0CSUO S400S00 a 2200kVA output Battery Inverter Table 3 1 Product Code Structure
82. Check insulation and continuity on fan motor leads Do they measure right Check Air Flow p4 39 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Hot Coolant Troubleshooting 4 41 Heatsink Trip A Heatsink trip is caused when one module reports a fault It does not report which module is faulty Air Flow Hot Coolant Is the condenser fan blowing through the heat No exchanger Review drawing Fix wiring problem Yes Are the condenser coils clean and exposed to free air Clean coils See Chapter 5 Yes Is ambient air too hot above system specification Yes Review specifications Wait for ambient System specification No CO TO Grisel Pump Meede Condenser working fine and system has sufficient coolant Check Pump Modules 4 40 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 42 Troubleshooting Heatsink Trip A Heatsink trip is caused when one module reports a fault It does not report which module is faulty Coolant Flow Are connections to in correct position and fully engaged Check FAULT output PLG6 7 on Is thermistor 1 1 2 shorted PCB is it ON gt 13V Or is HMI reporting coolant temp gt 67 C No Is thermistor TB1 1 2 lt 2 19 No Open the pump power fuse block Disconnect plug from SKT1 on pump board Disconnect PLG2 and PLG3 on pump board Close the 30A pump pow
83. CiTempChokeW3 Real Degrees Celsius DC Power Supply Area Temperature 40449 rPLCiTempDCPwrAmbient Real D Degrees Celsius Internal Ambient 40451 rPLCiTemplnternalAmbient Real Degrees Celsius External Ambient 40453 rPLCiTempExternalAmbient Real Degrees Celsius Aux Power CB Area Ambient 40455 rPLCiTempAuxPwrAmbient Real Degrees Celsius Aux Power Transformer Area Ambient 40457 rPLCiTempAuxPwrXfrmr Real Degrees Celsius R134a Temperature at Condenser Inlet 40459 rPLCiTempCondenserlnlet Real Degrees Celsius R134a Temperature at Condenser Outlet 40461 rPLCiTempCondenserOutlet Real Degrees Celsius R134a Temperature at Pump Inlet 40463 rPLCiTempR134aPumplnlet Real Degrees Celsius Evaporator Return Air Temp 40465 rPLCiTempEvapReturnAir Real e Degrees Celsius spare 40467 spare 40469 spare 40471 DC Panel Busbar Thermistor Temperature 40473 rPLCiTempDCPanel Real Degrees Celsius DC Panel Busbar Thermistor Hottest Locations 40475 dwHMIqPosDCPanel Dword gt Byte Wise Main Breaker Busbar Thermistor Temperature 40477 rPLCiTempMCBBusBar Real 2 Degrees Celsius Filter Busbar Thermistor Temperature 40479 rPLCiTempFlItrBusBar Real e Degrees Celsius Cap Door Busbar Thermistor Temperature 40481 rPLCiTempCapDoor Real Degrees Celsius Inverter Busbar Thermistor Termperature 40483 rPLCiTempInvBusBar Real n Degrees Celsius BusBar Thermistor Locations 40485 dwHMIqPosBusBar Dword Byte Wise spare 40487 spare 40489 Condenser Fan Speed Demand 40491
84. Connected to SQL DB SQL Connect xHMIiRecallPersistents xHMliCommitPersistents LL Status xHMiqRecallPersistents xHMiqCommitPersistents Message PLC CPU Total Load PLC Available Memory kByte PLC Chassis hemp PLC Time Alarm Name Figure 3 41 HMI MISC Screen 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 3 34 Operations SCADA Typically a SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition system is used to acquire and store data from the inverter and make stored data available for users The SCADA system also provides HMI Human Machine Interface for users to interact with the inverter The plant control system performs the real time control of the inverters It uses the inverter control interface to perform some the following functions setting the inverter to various power plant controller modes setting the limit on the real power of the inverter regulating the reactive power output of the inverter or its power factor setting The plant controller implements plant level logic and closed loop control schemes to provide fast and reliable plant level control It uses real time commands to inverters to achieve these functions There is one plant controller per plant that is typically located in a substation and controlling the conditions at the Point Of Interconnection POI or Point of Common Coupling PCC The GTB uses a Sunspec see http www sunspec org and MESA see http mesastandards org
85. D D GR 4 K 2 D oon b A 1 AER o9 V E s 5 A B Ex d As J E EN o f COLD 1 f PLATE M pare COLD EE ex E cuo fonr PLATE PLATE PLATE 3 Figure 3 12 Two phase cooling system diagram 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Operations 3 13 Fluid The cooling system utilizes refrigerant R134a as the vaporizable dielectric heat transfer fluid is readily available and commonly used in commercial and industrial systems R134a has a favorable latent heat of vaporization values for temperature ranges this system will experience It is lower in pressure when compared to other refrigerants It is non conductive and non toxic and contains no CFC s In the event of an accidental leak or rupture the fluid will vaporize without harming or leaving residue any of the devices in the system 45 Ibs of refrigerant comes pre charged with the 890GTB Condenser Fans The two condenser fan motors See Figure 3 13 are controlled by the Inverter which features Condenser Status inputs Pump Control outputs a Condenser Speed analog output and a Refrigerant Level sensor Fan motor power varies dependant on build variants and receive 380 480VAC 3 phase power directly from the Ziehl FN063 ZIQ GL A7P3 Condenser Fan Controllers protected by CB3 Fans are run at vari
86. DIGITAL INPUT 3 25 DIGITAL OUTPUT 3 15 18 I O CONFIGURATION 3 19 AUTO RESTART 3 46 LOCAL CONTROL SEQUENCING LOGIC 3 22 CURRENT LIMIT 3 31 ENERGY METER 3 32 FEEDBACKS 3 36 GRID CONTROL 3 41 INVERSE TIME 3 42 INVERTER 3 47 MPPT 3 52 PATTERN GEN 3 54 POWER LIMIT 3 21 COMMS CONTROL 3 34 FIELDBUS 3 23 CUSTOM TRIPS 3 40 I O TRIPS 3 59 TRIPS HISTORY 3 60 TRIP STATUS 3 14 ACCESS CONTROL 3 27 DISPLAY SCALE 3 49 OP STATION 3 50 OPERATOR MENU 3 58 SETPOINT DISPLAY 3 44 INVERTER CONFIG 3 30 EMC CAPACITORS 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Programming 5 DSE Lite Configuration Tool See Grid Tie Inverter Engineering Reference HA473002U001 Appendix B or DSE Lite User Manual HA471486U001 04 pdf Connection Page 1 6 Configuration Page 2 18 Firmware Page 6 8 Should only be used by Parker EGT or suitably qualified personnel Chart Recording Page 4 5 IP Address 192 168 1 100 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 6 Programming Grid Tie Inverter Typical SunSpec Model Information Sunspec Identifier 0x53756E53 uint32 0x53756E53 Model Identifier 40003 1 uint16 1 Model Length 40004 66 uint16 66 Dec x48 Hex Manufacturer 40005 P uint16 ASCII 40006 A uint16 ASCII 40007 R uint16 ASCII 40008 K uint16 ASCII 40009 E uint16 A
87. Eee E RR ERE EP RE NE Io oen S RSEN ERESSE E 1 sea EE EE EM E a s E mV M eee E 2 BSDGTB 22D00 E MS 4 cu codd eta eit Dd ef M IMEEM UE ELM M CU MM E 10 roe NT SUNN 11 PSN E 11 Gnd ke pors ART SAA vvs E 15 EEE RR NE EE ENE E 17 Wan ONEEK ANONC eim LER Ma EEUU E 18 Connector DoraueRedulFetmiehtbs oot OR E 19 vyplcal rado B icu O Scb CU cu fmt et eds SIN erat ere E 20 APPENDIX LIST OF FAULT 6 e F 1 List of Fault m 2 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Safety 1 1 Chapter 1 Safety Please read these important Safety notes before performing maintenance or operating this equipment Caution WARNING CAUTION notes in the manual warn of danger WARNING notes in the manual warn of to equipment danger to pe
88. Filter V1 Current High Warning 2 3 Al AN2 Filter Current High Warning Annunciated Filter V1 Current Low Warning Filter Current Low Warning Annunciated Filter V2 Current High Fault Filter Current High Inverter Stops Filter V2 Current High Warning 2 4 Al AN3 Filter Current High Warning Annunciated Filter V2 Current Low Warning Filter Current Low Warning Annunciated Filter W1 Current High Fault Filter Current High Inverter Stops Filter W1 Current High Warning 2 5 ANA Filter Current High Warning Annunciated Filter W1 Current Low Warning Filter Current Low Warning Annunciated Filter W2 Current High Fault Filter Current High Inverter Stops Filter W2 Current High Warning 2 6 AN5 Filter Current High Warning Annunciated Filter W2 Current Low Warning E ilter Current Low Warning Annunciated 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 21 FAULT MESSAGE SLOT POINT TYPE MEANING DESCRIPTION Heater Failed To Turn Off 5 am DO DERE Command State and AUX confirmation do not Disable output manual reset required agree Maintenance required Heater Failed To Turn On i ili lt Internal Ambient Temperature Fault Measured eM C s 0E Wait until internal temperatures are 65C 1 14 TC TC11 Autorestart Internal Ambient Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20C gt
89. For troubleshooting and testing purposes only qualified persons using proper test equipment and personal protective equipment must adhere to the boundaries shown below For adjusting tightening calibrating or other work the circuits must be deenergized or employees must use voltage rated gloves and voltage rated insulated tools e For Low Voltage Troubleshooting and Testing only under 480 volts a qualified person may penetrate the prohibited approach boundary with instrument probes leads CT s etc The qualified person must wear Class 00 500 volt rated gloves e Supervisors and employees must ensure that an unqualified person can never come closer to any energized line or part than the Limited Approach Boundaries Table 1 3 Approach Boundaries by Voltage Boundar 12 50 VAC 50 300 VAC 301 750 VAC 751 15 kVAC y 100VDC 100 300 0 301 1k VDC 1 1 5 kVDC 5 15 kVDC Limited Approach Not Specified 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 Exposed movable conductors Limited Approach Not Specified 3 6 3 6 5 0 5 0 Exposed fixed circuit parts Restricted Approach T 3 20 m Shock protection Required Not Specified Avoid Contact 1 0 1 5 2 2 Prohibited Approach Not Specified Avoid Contact 0 1 0 4 0 7 Equivalent to direct contact Boundary indicates the minimum working distance of the worker s face and chest 2 Limited Approach Boundary is 0 with all Access Doors and
90. GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Technical Specifications E 1 9 Connector Torque Requirements Torque NM Bolt Size Steel 6 6 Steel 8 8 Steel 4 6 Brass 20T UTS Installation Inspection Installation Inspection Installation Inspection Installation Inspection MA 1 9 1 69 3 5 3 0 1 3 1 1 1 8 1 5 8 32 2 2 1 9 3 8 3 2 1 5 1 3 10 32 3 2 2 7 5 4 4 6 2 1 1 8 M5 4 0 3 4 7 1 6 0 2 7 2 3 3 6 3 1 M6 6 8 5 8 11 5 9 7 4 5 3 8 5 4 4 6 1 4 20 7 6 6 5 13 0 11 1 5 1 4 3 5 16 18 15 7 13 3 26 7 22 7 10 4 8 8 M8 16 5 14 0 28 0 24 3 11 0 9 4 12 3 10 4 3 8 18 27 9 23 7 47 5 40 4 18 6 15 8 M10 32 8 27 9 55 0 47 5 21 8 18 5 23 7 20 2 M12 91 0 77 4 155 1 130 2 60 6 51 5 66 0 56 1 1 2 12 68 0 57 8 115 8 98 4 45 3 38 5 M16 142 0 120 7 241 0 208 8 95 0 80 8 101 0 85 9 M20 277 0 235 5 465 1 396 0 185 0 157 3 205 0 174 3 Use the above torques for 6 6 screws for all busbar connections and general use unless the screw material requires lower torque Use the torques for 8 8 screws only where specified These torques are generally used for very high loads 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 E 20 Technical Specifications Typical Spare Parts List M 1 3200 1500 2 Contactor
91. Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units Cap Door Busbar Temperature Warning 7A7 06 xHMIqWarnTempCapDoor7A7 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Cap Door Busbar Temperature Warning 7A8 07 xHMIqWarnTempCapDoor7A8 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Cap Door Busbar Temperature Warning 7A9 08 xHMIqWarnTempCapDoor7A9 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Cap Door Busbar Temperature Warning 7A10 09 xHMIqWarnTempCapDoor7A10 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Cap Door Busbar Temperature Warning 7A11 10 xHMIqWarnTempCapDoor7A11 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Cap Door Busbar Temperature Warning 7A12 11 xHMIqWarnTempCapDoor7A12 Maintained 1 Warning Cap Door Busbar Temperature Warning 7A13 12 xHMIqWarnTempCapDoor7A13 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Cap Door Busbar Temperature Warning 7A14 13 xHMIqWarnTempCapDoor7A14 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Cap Door Busbar Temperature Warning 7 15 14 xHMIqWarnTempCapDoor7A15 Bool Maintained 1 Warning 15 Bool Cap Door Busbar Temperature Fault 7A1 00 xHMIqFaultTempCapDoor7A1 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Cap Door Busbar Temperature Fault 7A2 01 xHMIqFaultTempCapDoor7A2 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Cap Door Busbar Temperature Fault 7A3 02 xHMIqFaultTempCapDoor7A3 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Cap Door Busbar Temperature Fault 7A4 03 xHMIqFaultTempCapDoor7A4 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Cap Door Busbar Temperature Fault 7A5 04 xHMIqFaultTempCapDoor7A5 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Cap Door Busbar Temper
92. IqFaultTempDCPanel4A2 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A3 02 xHMIqFaultTempDCPanel4A3 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A4 03 xHMIqFaultTempDCPanel4A4 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A5 04 xHMIqFaultTempDCPanel4A5 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A6 05 xHMIqFaultTempDCPanel4A6 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A7 06 xHMIqFaultTempDCPanel4A7 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A8 07 xHMIqFaultTempDCPanel4A8 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A9 08 xHMIqFaultTempDCPanel4A9 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A10 09 xHMIqFaultTempDCPanel4A10 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A11 10 xHMIqFaultTempDCPanel4A11 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A12 xHMIqFaultTempDCPanel4A12 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A13 12 xHMIqFaultTempDCPanel4A13 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A14 1 xHMIqFaultTempDCPanel4A14 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A15 14 xHMIqFaultTempDCPanel4A15 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A16 15 xHMIqFaultTempDCPanel4A16 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Boolean Word 12 40297 bitfield32 Bitwise Main Breaker Busbar Temperature W
93. It does not provide detailed repair or diagnostic instructions Contact a licensed HVAC technician when requiring service of the condensers or container air conditioner Warnings Preventative Maintenance Schedule Preventative Maintenance Service and Repair 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 5 2 Maintenance WARNING IMPORTANT AII electrical work must be done in accordance with local national and or international electrical codes by a qualified electrician IMPORTANT WARNING Battery Strings can produce dangerous electrical voltage levels IMPORTANT WARNING Extreme Arc Flash and Shock Hazards Flash Hazard Boundary 60 Up to 24 46 Cal cm at 18 Class PPE Level Rated at 25 2 layers of clothing cotton underwear fire resistant shirt and pants or coveralls multilayer flash suit VR gloves tools with appropriate flash hood Limited Approach Boundary 120 Restricted Approach Boundary 12 Prohibited Approach Boundary 1 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Maintenance 5 3 General Maintenance Notes Maintenance of the 890GTB should be performed in an environment suitable for the service personnel working on the equipment and should be done in such a manner as to prevent ingress of foreign materials including dust and liquids inside of the 890GTB Failure to do so may result in premature failure of the 890GTB and possible degradation o
94. Keypad 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 A 6 Inverter Keypad OK RUN STOP Status LEDs The OK health run and stop LEDs combine to show the inverter status as illustrated in the following table OK RUN A U AC890GT Inverter State OO OG Reconfiguration 9 C 2 e Tripped E 2 Stopped 2 D Stopping m ON 7 Operating with zero demand Enable FALSE or Contactor Feedback FALSE Gu es Operating OO OO Auto Restarting Waiting for a trip to clear E 2 7 Auto Restarting Timing 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Inverter Keypad 7 SEQ Sequence REF Reference Status LEDs The SEQ and REF LEDs show the control settings for the inverter SEQ indicates that the operating control of the Inverter either local using the keypad or remote REF shows the source of the speed setpoint either local using the keypad or remote For grid tie inverters users have no need to switch between local and remote control as a result both LEDs should always be OFF EL LM Local Remote Mode C 7 In Remote Mode Start Stop and Speed Ref are controlled from the terminals In mixed Local Mode Start and Stop are controlled using the RUN STOP 106 FWD REV keys Speed Ref is controlled from the terminals f 4 In mixed
95. Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 6 14 Personal Protective Equipment Category 3 Indura Coveralls Category 4 Indura Arc Flash Suit Category 4 Arc Flash Suit Arc Flash Suit e An Arc Flash Suit fits over clothing and is comprised of a coat and a pair of bibs The Arc Flash Suit protects against radiant energy at a rating of 8 40 Cal cm The material depends on the Calorie rating the Arc Flash Suit is designed to protect against and is typically constructed of multiple layers of a combination of Indura Nomex Protera RevoLite TuffWeld or Kevlar Material weight ranges from 7 oz For an 8 Cal cm Category 2 Arc Flash Suit to 13 oz Lined with 5 5 oz for a 40 Cal cm Category 4 Arc Flash Suit INSPECTION e The material does not have burns discoloration rips cuts tears holes or microbial growth bad odor emanating from the garment 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Personal Protective Equipment 6 15 Class 2 Balaclava Class 4 Balaclava Arc Flash Balaclava Arc Flash Balaclava a style of head protection worn under a standard hard hat with a goggles or a Face Shield with a reflective coating that protects against moving particles and objects and against radiant energy at a rating of 8 12 20 40 Cal cm The balaclava material and number of layers depend on the Category the Arc Flash Hood is designed to protect against and can be a combination of Indura Nomex Protera and Kevlar INSPECTION e The m
96. MilqDemand float38 Current Actual PWM Frequency 40321 rPCMiActualPWMFreq float39 Hertz Inverter Configured Maximum Current 40323 rPCMiMaxCurrent float40 Amps 1 0 Inverter Rated id feedback 40325 rPCMildFeedback float41 Current 1 0 Inverter Rated ig feedback 40327 rPCMliqFeedback float42 Current spare 40329 spare 40331 DC Volts Demand 40333 rPCMiDCVoltsDemand float32 Volts DC Voltage Mode Only First Trip 40335 dwPCMiFirstTrip enum32 Enumerated Value IGBT Control Module Status Word 40337 dwPCMiStatus bitfield32 Bitwise Running 00 xPCMiRunning Bool Maintained 1 Running Tripped 01 xPCMiTripped Bool Maintained 1 Synchronized 02 xPCMiSynchronized Bool Maintained 1 Synchronized Close Precharge 03 xPCMiClosePrecharge Bool Maintained 1 Close Precharge Current Control 04 xPCMiCurrentControl Bool Maintained 1 Current Control Inverter Enabled 05 xPCMilnverterEnabled Bool Maintained 1 Inverter Enabled Hardware Sync 06 xPCMiHardwareSync Bool Maintained 1 Hardware Sync EPO Status 07 xPCMiEStopStatus Bool Maintained 1 EPO Picked Up 08 Bool Refrigerant Pump Healthy 09 xInviPumpHealthy Bool Maintained 1 Pump Controller Healthy Condenser Fan 2 Healthy 10 xInviCondenserFan2Healthy Bool Maintained 1 Fan Healthy Condenser Fan 1 Healthy xInviCondenserFaniHealthy Bool Maintained 1 Fan Healthy Evaporator Fans Healthy 10 xInviEvaporato
97. ONMENTAL EVALUATION Examine the operating environment and the breaker s physical condition Preventive maintenance and corrective actions are included as appropriate After being properly isolated examine the circuit breaker surfaces for dust dirt soot grease or moisture If grease or evidence of moisture is found or more than a thin film of dust dirt or soot is seen the breaker should be cleaned as suggested below The insulating surfaces of the breaker should be cleaned using a lint free dry cloth brush or vacuum cleaner Avoid blowing material into the circuit breaker or into surrounding equipment CAUTION Commercial cleaners and lubricants may attack and damage the plastic insulating materials of the breaker Therefore such cleaners should not be used Steps should be taken to eliminate the source of the contamination or to provide an appropriate enclosure that will protect against the future entry of contaminants With respect to the prevention of moisture the circuit breaker should be housed in an enclosure appropriate for the environment Examine the breaker and terminations for signs of overheating If such evidence is found the following maintenance steps should be performed Copper circuit breaker terminals and connecting straps wire connectors and bus bars can normally be cleaned They should be carefully disassembled cleaned and dressed using fine aluminum oxide paper All metal and abrasive particles should be removed bef
98. Outlet Coupling rainer inlet Straine Coupling Ambient Environment Conditions With the inverter output at 110 the maximum ambient temperature is 40 C with a relative humidity of 50 and a maximum altitude of 1000m At 100 output the maximum ambient temperature is 50 C with a relative humidity of 50 and a maximum altitude of 1000m The inverter will apply a linear power derating of 4 for every C from 50 C to 55 C Above 55 C the inverter may shut down Altitude Derating is 1 5 for every 100m above 1000m Enclosure Conditions The air temperature inside of the enclosure will typically be higher than external ambient temperature during operation Cooling system components outside of the enclosure will be exposed to ambient conditions 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 DC Bus Derating Operations 3 1 5 Due to an active grid harmonic mitigation algorithm used by the inverter the 890GTB may derate operation if the battery voltage is above 1000Vdc The derating will be 196 for every 10 volts above 1000Vdc See figure below for typical derating for temperature and DC bus voltage 890GTB 2200 Max kVA vs Temperature and DC Bus Voltage 2300 2200 2100 2000 1900 1800 1700 Max kVA 1600 1500 1400 1300 1200 1100 1000 Temperature Degrees Celcius Figure 3 18 Inverter Derating 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 730Vdc to 1000Vdc
99. P X 6 EPOA 1 LVRT Relay 240VAC 50 60HZ 15A P X 6 8 FM1 3 LC Filter Contactor P X 1 6 K1 1 DB470805U035 CONTACTOR AC 10 35A P X 6 8 L23 33 43 3 LA473332U003 Reactor 40uH 960A Bottom P X 1 6 L22 32 42 3 144733320002 Reactor 40uH 960A Middle P X 1 6 L21 31 41 3 LA473332U001 Reactor 40uH 960A P X 1 6 2 LA4729571790 Assembly 1 Phase Output Grid Tie P X 1 6 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 1 8 Troubleshooting R CZ472682U330 RES METAL FILM 330K OHM 3W 5 X 6 TC Sensor Thermocouple Type K P X 6 C 3 LCFilter Capacitors 77uF T 1 6 AC CT 3 AC CT 400A 150mA T 1 6 Maintenance performed by technician having completed Level 1 Training Plant Facility Service Maintenance Qualified Maintenance performed by technician having completed Level 2 Training Factory Field Service Technician Qualified Maintenance performed by technician having completed Level 3 Training Factory Service Engineer Qualified T Requires timely advisement P Requires Prior Permission CON DU 5 N HG Requires Torque Wrench qualification Requires Programming Requires NEMA AB 4 standard test Requires specialized test equipment Replaceable as a unit Disassembly by end user is not authorized Power must be off locked out tagged out CB2 needs to be locked out tagged out Must be replaced when next higher assembly removed 890GTB Battery In
100. PA70 UL1741 pending IEEE 519 IEEE 1547 EN61000 6 2 EN61000 6 4 Dimensions mm in Dimensions for estimating purposes only 1710 4 Technical Specifications 890GTB 2200 Example Efficiency Power Conversion Efficiency 99 0096 98 5096 o ox OOS 97 5096 gt 97 00 96 50 96 00 95 50 95 00 94 50 94 00 o 2 2090 6096 8090 10096 120 Output Power All control and auxiliary power included 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Technical Specifications E 5 Analog Input Output Details Grid Tie Inverter Analog Inputs Outputs AIN1 AIN4 AOUT1 AOUT2 4 2 2 0220 0 10V 10V 0 20mA or 4 20 0 10V 10V 10mA maximum Range set in software Absolute maximum input Range set in software voltage 15V to Impedance Voltage Range 47 Voltage Range 1000 Current range 1500 series diode 12 bit plus sign 12 bit plus sign Sample Rate 5ms one selected input can be 1 ms NI 9205 Analog Inputs 32 Single ended 16 Differential Inputs Range 10V 5V 1V or 0 2V Absolute maximum input voltage 30V Impedance On 10 GO in parallel with 100 pF Resolution 16 bit plus sign Conversion Time 4 5 us Temperature Range 40 C to 70 C Power Consumption Active Mode 625 mW max Sleep Mode 15 mW 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 0
101. PGA Interface mode Right click the FPGA Target in the Project Explorer window and select New C Series Modules from the shortcut menu to display the Add Targets and Devices dialog box Click the New target or device radio button select C Series Module and click the OK button to display the New C Series Module dialog box Select the appropriate C Series module from the Module Type pull down menu and click the OK button LabVIEW adds a module item and FPGA I O items for the module I O to the project Repeat steps 7 through 9 to add additional C Series modules to the project Right click a module item in the Project Explorer window and select Properties from the shortcut menu to configure module specific settings in the C Series Module Properties dialog box Some modules do not have any settings to configure other than the module name and chassis slot location Click the Help button on the C Series Module Properties dialog box for information about the module settings NATIONAL NI cRIO 9068 INSTRUMENTS E om wem s a 19 cRIO 9068 PLC EtherNet Switch SE SW8U WT IP Address 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 2 Configuration None Required IP Address 192 168 1 0 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 13 Parker HPX Series PowerStation User Guide HPXUG pdf MOUSE 85232 5232 C v KEYBOARD COM2 R
102. PLC to autorestart inverter Maintenance required if more than 1 event occurs in succession SYSTEM VOLTS TEMP IMBALANCE Control and fan supply volts low on a CD module The supply is overloaded fan is shorted Low voltage supply wiring fault FirstTrip 74 Cooling System Issue FirstTrip 84 PLC to autorestart inverter when the 24V supply is regulating properly Autorestart and warning notification sent to SCADA Disable output manual reset required maintenance required 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 List of Fault Codes 9 9 PHASE MISSING One or more CD modules in a parallel stack are not responding to comms Fault will indicate which module is missing A CD module comms cable has been disconnected Fault in the CD module comms wiring Fault in the low voltage power supply to a CD module FirstTrip 83 Disable output manual reset required Un Buffered 24VDC Supply Fault The 24V power has dropped below 17V Inverter stops The Inverter internal DC link voltage is too low The PLC Logic to determine if sleep mode is required or if there s a UNDERVOLTAGE It is too low Th It i IAAP NOTE UE ku 3 SIAP yo did mains problem Possible maintenance required missing Array voltage is missing FirstTrip 2 PLC to autorestart inverter Maintenance required if more UNKNOWN Refer to Parker EGT FirstTrip 31
103. Panel Selection Figure 3 34 HMI HOME Screen 3 26 Operations LOCAL REMOTE MODE Remote mode In remote mode the external SCADA system tells the inverter when to connect disconnect and what real and reactive power to produce consume Primary Local Local Remote Selector Switch is the primary means of enabling local control When in Local and the inverter on off switch is moved into the On position the inverter will automatically close the pre charge contactors starting the DC Link charging after enforcing an appropriate time delay the inverter will then close the DC main contactor then the main AC Circuit Breaker and finally the filter Main contactor Upon FM contactor closure the stack syncs to the line IGBT Switching at the LOCALLY entered power points The real and reactive powers are entered locally at the inverter HMI this is the principle difference between Local and Remote mode Engineering Development A more basic mode of operation can also utilized When the invert is in the Off state a local operator can transition the state machine to the engineering development state In this state manual operation of the contactors with safety interlocks enforced is possible Furthermore in this engineering development state the selector switches Local Remote amp On Off are ignored HMI pushbuttons are used exclusively Engineering development mode is designated for use only by properly trained operators and Parker EGT
104. Parker manufacturing However you may need to recalibrate the touchscreen after a period of time if you are using a remote stand alone configuration or whenever the cursor does not follow the touches on the screen This section explains how to calibrate the Hampshire touchscreen driver under Windows XP Professional To calibrate the touchscreen driver complete the following steps 1 OG 19 oO ON Select Start Programs Hampshire TSHARC Control Panel or the Touchscreen Control Panel icon in the System Tray The control panel appears Follow the on screen instructions for selecting which monitor to calibrate Select the Calibration tab With your finger touch the center of where the arrows are pointing The Calibration screen appears Touch the target where it appears on the screen hold your finger there until prompted to release The screen guides you through the Touch Hold Release process Repeat the process three more times in the other three corners of the screen A test screen appears Move your finger across the monitor The target should move with your finger If so the calibration was successful Select Accept On the control panel select Apply and then select OK For additional information refer IPC IPX Series PowerStation Series Hardware User Manual IPX IPC USER MANUAL pdf 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 17 Touchscreen Faceplate Chemical Res
105. Phase B 40397 rPQMiAmpsB Real s Amps Metered AC Amps Phase C 40399 rPQMiAmpsC Real d Amps Metered AC Volts AB 40401 rPQMiVoltsAB Real 2 Volts Metered AC Volts BC 40403 rPOMiVoltsBC Real 7 Volts Metered AC Volts CA 40405 rPQMiVoltsCA Real Volts Metered Watts 40407 rPQMiWatts60Cycle_ Real Watts t Metered VARs 40409 rPQMiVARs60Cycle_ Real M VARs Metered Power Factor 40411 x Unitless spare 40413 spare 40415 P E spare 40417 op 8 spare 40419 E spare 40421 spare 40423 gt spare 40425 5 a spare 40427 o spare 40429 d Reactor U1 Temperature 40431 rPLCiTempChokeU1 Real Degrees Celsius Reactor V1 Temperature 40433 rPLCiTempChokeV1 Real Degrees Celsius Reactor W1 Temperature 40435 rPLCiTempChokeW1 Real Degrees Celsius Reactor U2 Temperature 40437 rPLCiTempChokeU2 Real Degrees Celsius 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 32 Programming 890GT SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units Reactor V2 Temperature 40439 rPLCiTempChokeV2 Real e Degrees Celsius Reactor W2 Temperature 40441 rPLCiTempChokeW2 Real Degrees Celsius Reactor U3 Temperature 40443 rPLCiTempChokeU3 Real Degrees Celsius Reactor V3 Temperature 40445 rPLCiTempChokeV3 Real Degrees Celsius Reactor W3 Temperature 40447 rPL
106. Power 40345 rPCMqRatedPowerkW Real m kW spare 40347 Filter Capacitor RMS Current U1 40349 rPLCiCurrentACFItrU1 Real Amps RMS Filter Capacitor RMS Current U2 40351 rPLCiCurrentACFItrU2 Real i Amps RMS Filter Capacitor RMS Current V1 40353 rPLCiCurrentACFltrV1 Real m Amps RMS Filter Capacitor RMS Current V2 40355 rPLCiCurrentACFItrV2 Real m Amps RMS Filter Capacitor RMS Current W1 40357 rPLCiCurrentACFItrw1 Real i Amps RMS Filter Capacitor RMS Current W2 40359 rPLCiCurrentACFItrw2 Real e Amps RMS spare 40361 spare 40363 D spare 40365 D spare 40367 spare 40369 Watchdog Timer from SDC 40371 dwSSiControllerHb Dword 2 counts 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Programming B 3 1 890GT SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units spare 40373 40375 spare 40377 x spare 40379 X Charge Limit Amps 40381 rBMSiChargeLimitA Real Amps DC Discharge Limit Amps 40383 rBMSiDischargeLimitA Real e Amps DC Charge Limit Power 40385 rPCMqChargeLmitkW Real kW Discharge Limit Power 40387 rPCMapDischargeLimitkVAr Real 2s kVAr W Target from SDC 40389 rSSiPCommandW Real Ww VAr Target from SDC 40391 rSSiQCommandVAr Real e Var spare 40393 X Metered AC Amps Phase A rPQMiAmpsA Amps Metered AC Amps
107. R SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY STACK SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY 15 0 PWR SUP 314A QO 15 VDC CT SUPPLY Troubleshooting 4 49 POWER SUPPLY MVA 3 PH VAC 50 60 HZ 2835 AMPS MAX 3000 FRAME B90PXP MW INVERTER SEE SHT 3 T10 10 A 10 A 100 100 15VDC PWR SUP 6A COND FAN CNTRL 1 COND FAN CNTRL 2 5 3 7 KW 37 KW 380 480 380 480 15 VOC 230 VAC 59 47A 59 47A DC GT REMER 1600 RPM 1600 RPM oe SUPPLY FRAME FRAME Input Power One Line 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 5 0 Troubleshooting 0 BUS DC BUS B90PXP AC INV PHASE 1U 890PXP AC INV PHASE 1V PHASE 1W 890PXP AC INV PHASE 2U 890PXP AC INV PHASE 2V 890PXP AC INV PHASE 2W 890PXP AC INV PHASE 3U B90PXP AC INV PHASE 3V PHASE FILTER INDUCTANCE AND CAPACITANCE VARY WITH APPLICATION AC VOLTAGE DC VOLTAGE AND RATED POWER VAC 7 gt gt EE gt gt FITTED FOR RATINGS gt IMVA Output Power One Line CT Im CONTACTOR OPENED BY PLC WHEN INVERTER IN STANDBY MODE 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Maintenance 5 1 Chapter 5 Maintenance This section provides general maintenance instructions
108. S232 422 485 ANALOGROB Warning N Hazardous Voltages Inside N disconnect Power Betore Servicing Model Number IPXOON D Standard Performance Package CPU 2 0 GHz Celeron M 550 Operating System Windows XP Professional DRAM 2 GB Hard Drive 80 GB Intel SSD Display Size Resolution 10 Display SVGA 800 x 600 Viewing Angle U D 50 60 L R 70 70 Touchscreen Interface Analog resistive touchscreen Ports Serial 2 85232 9 D sub and 1 RS232 422 485 selectable 9 D sub Ethernet 2 1000Base T w RJ45 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 14 Associated Equipment Configuring the RS232 422 485 Serial Port The COM2 serial port supports RS232 RS422 5485 communications The pinout for RS232 is the same as a standard 9 pin DSUB connector as shown below PIN Signal PIN Signal 1 DCD 2 RXD 3 TXD 4 DTR 5 GND 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS 9 RI For RS422 or RS485 the pinouts are as follows PIN Signal PIN Signal 1 422TXD or 485DATA 2 422RXD 3 422TXD or 485DATA 4 422RXD 5 GND 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS 9 RI 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 15 This port is configured by a BIOS setting in the CMOS setup as shown below Phoenix AwardBIOS CMOS Setup Utility 0 Device nboard FDC Controller Disabled Help Onboard Serial Port 1 3F8 1804
109. SCII 40010 R uint16 ASCII 40011 uint16 ASCII 40012 H uint16 ASCII 40013 A uint16 ASCII 40014 N uint16 ASCII 40015 uint16 ASCII 40016 F uint16 ASCII 40017 F uint16 ASCII 40018 uint16 ASCII 40019 N uint16 ASCII 40020 uint16 ASCII Model 40021 8 uint16 ASCII 40022 9 uint16 ASCII 40023 0 uint16 ASCII 40024 G uint16 ASCII 40025 T uint16 ASCII 40026 uint16 ASCII 40027 uint16 ASCII 40028 uint16 ASCII 40029 uint16 ASCII 40030 uint16 ASCII 40031 uint16 ASCII 40032 uint16 ASCII 40033 uint16 ASCII 40034 uint16 ASCII 40035 uint16 ASCII 40036 uint16 ASCII 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Options 40037 sPLCqUserField1 uint16 ASCII 40038 uint16 ASCII 40039 uint16 ASCII 40040 uint16 ASCII 40041 uint16 ASCII 40042 uint16 ASCII 40043 uint16 ASCII 40044 uint16 ASCII Version 40045 sPLCqUserField2 uint16 ASCII 40046 uint16 ASCII 40047 uint16 ASCII 40048 uint16 ASCII 40049 uint16 ASCII 40050 uint16 ASCII 40051 uint16 ASCII 40052 uint16 ASCII Serial Number 40053 sPLCqSerialNumber uint16 ASCII 40054 uint16 ASCII 40055 uint16 ASCII 40056 uint16 ASCII 40057 uint16 ASCII 40058 uint16 ASCII 40059 uint16 ASCII 40060 uint16 ASCII 40061 uint16 ASCII 40062 uint16 ASCII 40063 uint
110. Temp gt 150 LC Filter Choke 142 Overtemp Switch Autorestart when internal temp lt 135 Inverter stops run cooling system 4 16 DI 0113 d T gt 150 LC Filter Choke 149 Oventemp switch pits Autorestart when internal temp 135C nverter stops run cooling system Measured Temp lt 40 gt 150 LC Filter Choke 01 Temperature Fault u LE 1 1 TC TC1 nverter stops run cooling system Measured Temp lt 20 gt 135 LC Filter Choke U1 Temperature Warning p UU NT lah teet LC Filter Choke U2 Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 gt 150 1 4 TCA Autorestart when internal temp lt 135C LC Filter Choke U2 Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20C gt 135C Warning Annunciated LC Filter Choke U3 Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 gt 150 1 E TC TC7 Autorestart when internal temp 135C LC Filter Choke U3 Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 gt 135 Warning Annunciated 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 22 Troubleshooting PLC Available Memory 10kBytes Relative Humidity Heating Active PLC available Free Memory 08596 starts heat until brought down to 80 FAULT MESSAGE SLOT POINT TYPE I O MEANING DESCRIPTION Inverter stops run cooling system LC Filter
111. U B90PXP AC INV PHASE 3V 7 FITTED FOR RATINGS gt IMVA Figure 3 4 AC Power Detail One Line with filter components 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Operations 3 9 System Overview Power Flow Typical Battery Connection Incoming DC power is supplied to the DC Bus by a 4000A DC Contactor See Figure 3 5 A maximum DC input of 3100 A can be accommodated Both DC connections have an isolation contact Typical DC bus potential at the DC Bus tie point ranges from 750 to 1150 VDC but can be lower for lower AC connections Typical Power Conversion One Parker Grid Tie Inverter See Figure 3 6 is provided in the Battery Inverter Enclosure The power stack includes three six or nine phase modules also referred to as CD modules with one to three parallel connected phase modules per phase which are controlled and coordinated by a Parallel Control Module PCM The phase modules are designated by module 1 2 and 3 and phase U v and W Power connections to the AC output of each phase module are made by bus bars integral to the power stack frame utilizing high current plug connectors Its operation maintenance and programming details are provided in the Grid Tie Inverter manual HA473002U001 The inverter receives control power 24V DC from power supplies PS1 UPS SUPPLY PS2A and PS2B denoted as 24
112. Visual inspection If the indicator pin is not visible the circuit breaker must be replaced For the visual inspection of fixed mounted circuit breakers use a mirror if required 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 41 Specifications WL Circuit Breakers Frame Rating Rated Current 1 at 40 C at 50 60 Hz A 800 1200 800 1200 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 Rated Voltage VAC 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Permissible Ambient temperature operation for operation with LCD s 2S IB 20 559 Storage Observe special C 40 70 40 70 40 70 conditions for LCD Power Loss at Rated a w 60 110 40 80 150 230 320 450 580 950 with 3 phase symmetrical load Operating Times Make Break mS 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 Break time mS 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 M mS 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 via closing solenoid FE SN mS 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 via shunt trip Break time electrical 5 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 73 via instantaneous UVR Endurance Cycles 7500 7500 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 5000 5000 without maintenance Electrical Cycles 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 4000 4000 4000 2000 2000 without maintenance 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 42 Associated Equipment WL Circuit Breakers Frame Rating Switching Frequency Minimum Interval between breaker trip and next closing
113. able speed to extend their life The 890GTB will continue to operate with the loss of a single fan Figure 3 13 Condenser Fans and Condenser Coil Evaporator Fans Four 24 volt Evaporator Fans See Figure 3 15 are controlled by a Parker Pump Controller See Figure 3 14 part number LA471775U001 with RTD feedback from a Return Air Temperature Sensor Fans are run at variable speed to extend their life The 890GTB will continue to operate with the loss of a single fan Figure 3 14 LA471775U001 Pump Controller Figure 3 15 Evaporator Fans 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 3 14 Operations Figure 3 16 Three Pump Module Coolant Pumps The three pump module See Figure 3 16 will consist of three positive displacement pumps in parallel which are capable of providing fluid flow at 1800LPH The 24 volt Coolant Pumps are controlled by a Parker Pump Controller part number 144717750001 with RTD feedback from a Refrigerant Temperature Sensor The Pump Controllers are connected to Control Power 24V DC from power supply PS3 through a 30 amp fuse Figure 3 17 Pump Module Component Identification Two Pump Module shown EN Pressure Relief Valve A two pump module See Figure 3 17 is shown depicting the Filter Dryer components of a typical Pump Module The addition of the third pump provides redundancy The 890GTB will continue to operate with the loss of a single pump Tray d
114. actor Failed To Close Heater Fault Off 14 xHMIqFaultHeaterOff Bool Maintianed 1 ContactorFailed To Open Heater Fault On 15 xHMIqFaultHeaterOn Bool Maintained 1 ContactorFailed To Close 00 Bool 01 Bool 02 Bool 03 Bool 04 Bool 05 Bool 06 Bool 07 Bool 08 Bool 09 Bool 10 Bool xit Bool 12 Bool 13 Bool 14 Bool 15 Bool Boolean Word 3 bitfield32 Bitwise External Temp Fan Fail Pump Fail Requires Inverter De Rate 00 xHMIqWarnTempDerate Bool Maintained 1 Warning Relative Humidity Heating On 01 xPLCqRHHeatingReq Bool Maintained 1 Heating Active 02 Bool 03 Bool 04 Bool 05 Bool 06 Bool 07 Bool 08 Bool 09 Bool 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 1 6 Programming 890GT SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units 10 Bool B Bool 12 Bool 13 Bool 14 Bool 15 Bool R134a Level Warning 00 xHMIqWarnLevelR134a Bool Maintained 1 Warning R134a Level Fault 01 xHMIqFaultLevelR134a Bool Maintained 1 Fault 02 Bool 03 Bool 04 Bool 05 Bool 06 Bool 07 Bool Pump Inlet Temperature Warning 08 xHMIqWarnTempR134Pmplnlet Bool Maintained 1 Warning 09 Bool 10 Bool STET Bool 210 Bool 13 Bool 14 Bool 15 Bool Boolean Word 4 bitfield32 Bitwise LC Filter Choke
115. al HA473578U201 Issue 01 MoODEL 1 40005x66 Inverter Identity men 00 Inverter Identity MODEL 113 40073x60 Inverter Feedback MODEL 120 TYPE 82 40136x26 VAR PF MODEL 121 40163x30 Inverter Setpoints Currents Voltages Power Temperatures Power Output Capability VA Capability RMS AC Current Capability Continuous VAR Minimum PF Capabilities Nominal Energy Rating Usable Battery Capacity Maximum Power Maximum Voltage Minimum Voltage Maximum Reactive Power Ramp Rate Minimum PF Nominal Frequency See page B 6 for more detailed information Figure 3 43a PPC Inverter Interface Operations 3 35 3 36 Operations Inverter Status MODEL 122 40195 44 Inverter Status oc Lifetime Energy Output Available VARs Available Watts MODEL 123 40241x24 Connection Control Connection Control gt Throttle Enable Disable Fixed PF Enable Disable 96 Limit VAR Enable Disable MODEL 64800 40627x247 PLC 1 0 ee PLC Data PLC Data Exchange sid Nominal 0 1 1s Update Rate Figure 3 43b PPC Inverter Interface See page B 13 for more detailed information 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Operations 3 37 Starting Up On start up if the system responses are determined by the state machine scheme When power is applied
116. als and the connector screws which secure the power connector on the Monk panel COMBICON power 2 Connect the negative lead of the power supply to one of the C terminals of the power connector and tighten connector the terminal screw 3 Optionally you can connect the positive lead of another power supply to the other V terminal and the negative lead to one of the C terminals 4 Install the power connector on the front panel of the cRIO 9068 and tighten the connector screws Caution The C terminals are internally connected to each other POWER P g On the cRIO 9068 owerin n STATUS When you apply power to the cRIO 9068 the controller runs a power on self test POST During the POST the Power and Status LEDs turn on The Status LED turns off indicating that the POST is complete If the LEDs do not behave in this way USER1 when the system powers on C USER FPGAT1 cRIO 9068 LEDs POWER LED The POWER LED is lit while the cRIO 9068 is powered on This LED indicates that the power supply connected to the chassis is adequate 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 9 STATUS LED The STATUS LED is off during normal operation The cRIO 9068 indicates specific error conditions by flashing the STATUS LED a certain number of times every few seconds as shown in Table 3 Number of Flashes Every Few Seconds Indication 2 The chassis has detected an error in its software
117. ance required HMI PLC Comms Loss Data Logging Suspended Watchdog timed out HMI Thermal Shutdown Override Thermal Shutdown override Warning Annunciated HMI Thermal Shutdown Pending Thermal shutdown immanent Warning Annunciated 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 F 6 List of Fault Codes INPUT 1 BREAK I O TRIPS INPUT 1 BREAK has gone True Check configuration to determine the source of the signal FirstTrip 6 Disable output manual reset required INPUT 2 BREAK Internal Ambient Temperature Fault TRIPS INPUT 2 BREAK has gone True Check configuration to determine the source of the signal FirstTrip 7 Measured Temp lt 40 gt 70 Disable output manual reset required Inverter stops Autorestart when internal temp 65C Internal Ambient Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 40 gt 70 Inverter stops Autorestart when internal temp 65C INVERSE TIME The inverse time current limit is in effect Too much overload current was commanded Fixed or autoboost levels are too high FirstTrip 9 Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required Inverter Busbar Therminal Temperature Fault 8A1 8A11 Measured Temp lt 40 gt 150 Inverter stops run cooling system Autorestart when internal temp 65C Inverter Busbar Therminal Temperature Warning 8A1 8A11 Measured Temp lt 40 gt 135 Wa
118. application Press System Menu Save application and select Macro This Menu is not viewable unless the VIEW LEVEL is set to ADVANCED 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Inverter Keypad A 9 Menu Navigation Press Jump to OPERATOR Menu Press Jump back to original Menu position Press Jump to SAVE CONFIG Menu Hold for 3 seconds 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 10 Inverter Keypad The Menu System Map Menu Level1 MenuLevel2 Menulevel3 MenuLlevel4 Menu Level2 Level3 Menu Level 4 Viaw Level I L a Op Station D 4 Operator Menu Menu 1 Setpoint Display Firewire i m B ME i seg onus Profibus I 1 Drive Setup L 4 inputs amp Outputs jme Analoginput Analoginpul 1 a 1 1 i i 4 1 1 L L a i 1 i Effect of VIEW LEVEL settings on menu MEN LEVEL OPERATOR 290000 421 ADVANCED All menus visible Menu Level 1 Menu Level 2 Menu Level 3 Menu Level 4 Menulevel2 Menu Level3 Menu Level 4 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 The Menu System cont Menu Level MenuLevel2 Menulevel3 Menu Level4 Current Limit Dynamic Braking Encoder Fluxing Inertia nj Braking Invers Time Inverse Time Mach Bra
119. arments made of natural non melting fabrics are acceptable Undergarments fit under clothing and protect against radiant energy at a rating of 4 18 Cal cm The garment material typically Indura or Nomex depends on the Calorie rating Material weight ranges from 4 8 oz INSPECTION The material does not have burns discoloration rips cuts tears holes or microbial growth bad odor emanating from the garment 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Personal Protective Equipment 6 13 Class 1 Clothing Class 2 Indura Clothing Arc Flash Garments e Arc Flash garments are shirts pants or socks that protect against radiant energy at a rating of 4 12 Cal cm The garment material typically Indura or Nomex depends on the Calorie rating Material weight ranges from 4 9 oz INSPECTION e The material does not have burns discoloration rips cuts tears holes or microbial growth bad odor emanating from the garment Category 1 Nomex Coveralls Category 2 Protera Coveralls Arc Flash Coveralls e Coveralls fit over clothing and protect against radiant energy at a rating of 5 7 12 3 Cal cm The coverall material typically Indura or Nomex depends on the Calorie rating Material weight ranges from 4 8 oz INSPECTION e The material does not have burns discoloration rips cuts tears holes or microbial growth bad odor emanating from the garment 890GTB Battery Inverter Power
120. arning 5 1 00 xHMIqWarnTempMCBBusBar5A1 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Main Breaker Busbar Temperature Warning 5A2 01 xHMIqWarnTempMCBBusBar5A2 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Main Breaker Busbar Temperature Warning 5A3 02 xHMIqWarnTempMCBBusBar5A3 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Main Breaker Busbar Temperature Warning 5A4 03 xHMIqWarnTempMCBBusBar5A4 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Main Breaker Busbar Temperature Warning 5 5 04 xHMIqWarnTempMCBBusBar5A5 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Main Breaker Busbar Temperature Warning 5A6 05 xHMIqWarnTempMCBBusBar5A6 Bool Maintained 1 Warning 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Programming 25 890GT SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units 06 Bool 07 Bool 08 Bool 09 Bool 10 Bool 11 410 Bool 13 Bool 14 Bool 15 Bool Main Breaker Busbar Temperature Fault 5A1 00 xHMIqFaultTempMCBBusBar5A1 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Main Breaker Busbar Temperature Fault 5A2 01 xHMIqFaultTempMCBBusBar5A2 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Main Breaker Busbar Temperature Fault 5A3 02 xHMIqFaultTempMCBBusBar5A3 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Main Breaker Busbar Temperature Fault 5A4 03 xHMIqFaultTempMCBBusBar5A4 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Main Breaker Busbar Temperature Fault 5A5 04 xHMIqFaultTempMCBBusBar5
121. assis with C Series modules installed connected to the same subnet as the host computer and powered on Refer to the CompactRIO cRIO 9072 3 4 operating instructions for information about installing the controller on a chassis connecting the controller to a network and wiring power to the controller 1 2 Open the existing project Right click the project root in the Project Explorer window and select New Targets and Devices from the shortcut menu to display the Add Targets and Devices dialog box Select the appropriate controller under Real Time CompactRIO and click the OK button If you are using a controller and chassis that are supported in Scan Interface mode the Select Programming Mode dialog box appears a If the Select Programming Mode dialog box appears select LabVIEW FPGA Interface and click the Continue button to put the system into LabVIEW FPGA Interface mode b If the Discover C Series Modules dialog box appears click the Discover button LabVIEW adds items for the controller the chassis the FPGA target and all installed C Series modules to the project LabVIEW also adds FPGA 1 0 items to the project for all installed C Series module 1 0 Right click a module item in the Project Explorer window and select Properties from the shortcut menu to configure module specific settings in the C Series Module Properties dialog box Some modules do not have any settings to configure other than the module name and chassis slot location Cl
122. astic straps that are excessively worn or splitting e The eyewear does not have lenses that are scratched or abraded in a manner that would obstruct vision 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 6 10 Personal Protective Equipment Class 2 Hood Class 4 Hood Arc Flash Hood Arc Flash Hood with a Face Shield with a reflective coating and a 15 front bib fits over a standard hard hat and protect against moving particles and objects and against radiant energy at a rating of 8 12 20 40 Cal cm The hood bib material depends on the Category the Arc Flash Hood is designed to protect against and can be a combination of Indura Nomex Protera RevoLite TuffWeld and Kevlar INSPECTION The face shield is not broken or damaged The eyewear does not have elastic straps that are excessively worn or splitting The face shield is not scratched or abraded in a manner that would obstruct vision The material of the hood does not have burns cracks hardening discoloration rips cuts tears holes or microbial growth bad odor emanating from the Arc Flash Hood 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Personal Protective Equipment 6 1 1 dN Class 00 Gloves Class 0 Gloves Class 1 Gloves Indura Gloves Leather Gloves Gloves It will be necessary to wear one type of glove over another Class 00 Gloves provide protection up to 500 volts and are constructed of rubber blends Class 0 G
123. aterial of the balaclava does not have burns cracks hardening discoloration rips cuts tears holes or microbial growth bad odor emanating from the Arc Flash Balaclava NOTE NFPA 70E 2012 Section 130 7 C 13 b When inside the AFB and anticipated exposure is 12 cal cm or less employees will now be required to wear either an arc rated balaclava with an arc rated wrap around style face shield protecting face chin ears forehead and neck or an arc rated hood like that used in an arc flash suit But when anticipated incident energy exposure is greater than 12 cal cm then an arc rated hood will now be required 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 6 1 6 Personal Protective Equipment 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Inverter Keypad A 1 Appendix A Inverter Keypad The Enclosure is fitted with an externally mounted keypad for the AC890GT inverter It provides for local control of the inverter monitoring and complete access for application programming This appendix shows how to use the keypad to navigate through the AC890GT inverter menu the function of the control keys and keypad indications The main menu maps are shown here 6901 Keypad Control Key Definitions Display Definitions The Menu System Instructions and Procedures Inverter Fault List 99 9 9 9 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 2 Inverter Keypad 6901 Keypad The 6901 K
124. ature Fault 7A6 05 xHMIqFaultTempCapDoor7A6 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Cap Door Busbar Temperature Fault 7A7 06 xHMIqFaultTempCapDoor7A7 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Cap Door Busbar Temperature Fault 7A8 07 xHMIqFaultTempCapDoor7A8 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Cap Door Busbar Temperature Fault 7A9 08 xHMIqFaultTempCapDoor7A9 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Cap Door Busbar Temperature Fault 7A10 09 xHMIqFaultTempCapDoor7A10 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Cap Door Busbar Temperature Fault 7A11 10 xHMIqFaultTempCapDoor7A11 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Cap Door Busbar Temperature Fault 7A12 xHMIqFaultTempCapDoor7A12 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Cap Door Busbar Temperature Fault 7A13 12 xHMIqFaultTempCapDoor7A13 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Cap Door Busbar Temperature Fault 7A14 1 xHMIqFaultTempCapDoor7A14 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Cap Door Busbar Temperature Fault 7 15 14 xHMIqFaultTempCapDoor7A15 Bool Maintained 1 Fault 15 Bool Boolean Word 15 40303 bitfield32 Bitwise Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Warning 8A1 00 xHMIqWarnTemplnvBusBar8A1 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Warning 8A2 01 xHMIqWarnTemplnvBusBar8A2 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Warning 8A3 02 xHMIqWarnTemplnvBusBar8A3 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Warning 8A4 03 xHMIqWarnTemplnvBusBar8A4 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Warning 8A5 04 xHMIqWarnTem
125. cale factor for isolation resistance 40238 0 sunssf Model Identifier 40239 123 uint16 Model Length 40240 24 uint16 Time window for connect disconnect 40241 15 uint16 S Timeout period for connect disconnect 40242 30 uint16 S Enumerated valued Connection control 40243 wSSiConn enum16 1 connect 0 disconnect Set power output to specified level 40244 wSSIWMaxLimPct uint16 Time window for power limit change 40245 wSSiWMaxLimPct WinTms uint16 5 Timeout period for power limit 40246 wSSiWMaxLimPct RvrtTms uint16 S Ramp time for moving from current setpoint to new setpoint 40247 wSSiWMaxLimPct RmpTms uint16 S Enumerated valued Throttle enable disable control 40248 wSSiWMaxLim Ena enum16 1 enabled 0 disabled Set power factor to specific value cosine of angle 40249 iSSiOutPFSet int16 cos Time window for power factor change 40250 wSSiOutPFSet WinTms uint16 S Timeout period for power factor 40251 wSSiOutPFSet RvrtTms uint16 S Ramp time for moving from current setpoint to new setpoint 40252 wSSiOutPFSet RmpTms uint16 S 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 1 2 Programming Enumerated valued Fixed power factor enable disable control 40253 wSSiOutPFSet Ena 16 1 enabled 0 disabled Reactive power in percent of WMax 40254 iSSiVArWMaxPct int16 96 Reactive power in percent of VArMax 40255 iSSiVArMaxPct int16 Reactive power in percent
126. cations Ethernet Connection Connection Failure Troubleshooting 4 1 3 Loss of Communication to SCADA logic does not execute Shut Down Loss of All PLC TC I O NI9213 Module 1 with the PLC A1 Controller Component Failure Loss of all PLC I O PLC A1 A1 Backplane Component Failure Functions A1 Controller Program Issue Loss of all PLC I O from One A1 Module Component Failure Module A1 Backplane Connection Failure A1 Module Connection Failure Loss of a Single TC I O Point PLC A1 Field Device Component Failure A1 Controller Program Issue A1 Backplane Component Failure Loss of a Single PLC Analog Point Loss of All PLC Analog PLC A1 NI9205 Module 2 PLC Adapter Card A9 1 I O Module Component Failure Field Device Connection Failure A1 Controller Program Issue A1 Backplane Connection Failure PLC Adapter Card A9 Component Failure Loss of a Single PLC Digital Input Point Loss of All PLC Digital Inputs PLC A1 NI9425 Module 3 Module Breakout Box A1 Module Component Failure Field Device Connection Failure A1 Controller Program Issue A1 Backplane Connection Failure Module Breakout Box A2 Component Failure Loss of a Single PLC Digital Input Point Loss of All PLC Digital Inputs PLC A1 NI9425 Module 4 Module Breakout Bo
127. ce Assembly A10 Safety Monitoring Relay EPO Auxiliary EPO Relay EPOA Heater Relay K1 LVRT K2 Control Power Main M2 Convenience Outlet P1 Power Supplies PS1 5 Fuses Figure 3 29 ACCESS DOOR 2 ACCESS DOOR 2 Inverter Power Stack PCM and Phase Modules Pump Controller Coolant Pumps Coolant Reservoir Sync Attenuator 10A2 Evaporator Controller 12A2 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Operations 3 23 ACCESS COVER 3 ACCESS COVER 4 ACCESS DOOR 8 TOP AC Filter Capacitors and Contactor Circuit Breakers CB2 CB3 4 ACCESS COVER 3 ACCESS COVER 4 ACCESS DOOR 8 BOTTOM AC Filter Inductors Refrigerant Strikesorbs Current Transformers CT P1 CT P2 Fuses F2 10F8 10F9 10F10 F11 F12 F17 Accumulator Refrigerant Pump Module F18 19 10 17 10F18 10 19 10F20 10F21 Power Meter A4 Transformer T1 T3 T4 Figure 3 32 ACCESS DOORS 3 4 and 8 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 3 24 Operations Figure 3 32A 7 Inner Doors Closed Figure 3 33 DC Input Locations ACCESS DOORS 5 Right Side 6 Left Side and 7 Inner Doors ACCESS DOOR 5 7 ACCESS DOOR 6 7 DC Input connections DC DC Input Temperature Sensors DC Input Contactors DC DC DC Precharge DC Input Contactor Temperature Sensors 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 HMI HOME Screen The HOME screen
128. closure 3 Disconnect the two coolant lines D on the back of the tray 4 Pull the tray out of the enclosure Installing the Pump Tray 1 Slide the tray into the enclosure 2 Connect the two coolant lines D on the back of the tray Support the static side of the coupling with wrench while applying torque of 61Nm 45 Ib ft to the coupling 3 Install the four screws C on the bottom of the tray that secure the tray to the enclosure Torque screws to 4Nm 3 1 Ib ft 4 Connect the pump wires A and thermistor wires B Figure 5 20 890GTB Pump Tray and Pump Module Connections Pump Control Module The pump control module E is mounted to right of the power stack When replacing the assembly the dip switches must be set to match the equipment Refer to Appendix E for detailed information on the pump control module 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 5 36 Maintenance Cleaning O ring couplings IMPORTANT Overfilling and underfilling can degrade system performance and cause nuisance trips Use this procedure to clean or repair the o ring seals on refrigerant cooled modules condenser and bypass valve fittings TOOLS Dow Corning 111 lubricant sealant Isopropyl alcohol e Soap water small foam brush and small soft bristle brush PROCEDURE 1 Place the module so that the coupling angles downward to prevent cleaning fluids from entering the fitting 2 protective cap was left on the coupl
129. connection within 300 seconds The above settings and parameters are factory adjustable to meet local grid fault codes application demands and 50Hz installations 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 1 8 Technical Specifications Transformer Harmonics Nominal frequency 60 Hz frequency Hz of Fund frequency Hz of Fund Fundamental primary current 2775 Arms Fo n e Current present from inner harmonics have been s so o a 2820 oo ee a oo 299 oo The above table does not include the effects of s sao oo s s oo distortion of the supply network due to other oo ss 38 oo loads and non linear effects of the network ais oo 55 3300 oo as 36 s 30 oo Nominal impedance 5 75 p u 7 5 ww so sso 1 oo 19 na ___ oo es seo oo n mo 30 oo o s seo oo 150 oo 6 o s os 3 20 oo 29 ww oo o oo isso oo 7s 00 ss oo zs ao oo ss 200 au am f oo 37 z o 79 oo oo s oo a so oo oo m 890
130. d inverters use the refrigerant R134a as a heat exchange medium and are available in two main variants 1 Water cooled heat exchanger 2 Fan cooled externally mounted condenser Unlike a vapor compression unit the refrigerant cooled inverter does not employ a compressor in the system and any gas liquid phase change occurs in the heat exchangers System parameters are monitored and maintained by a high volume microprocessor controlled variable speed pump All fittings in the system are designed to seal shut when the connection is broken which enables replacement of key components should the need arise without evacuating the system If by some chance a leak should occur in the refrigerant system there will be no damage to electronic components as there would be in a comparable water cooled system Onboard temperature sensors would also force a shutdown of the inverter in such a case further reducing any chance of damage to the inverter A refrigerant recovery unit and associated equipment are required to service the refrigerant cooling system of the inverter 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Maintenance 5 1 7 Refrigerant Safety WARNING Care should be taken when handling and using R 134a Leaking R 134a can cause frostbite and severe eye damage if contact occurs Safety glasses and heavy gloves should be worn when handling refrigerants A refrigerant scale should always be used when evacuating R 134a from
131. d required action associated with the annunciated fault See Appendix F for more information and for a list of annunciated system faults and warnings CURRENT BALANCE Poor current sharing between IGBTs within a CD module Manufacturing defect in a CD module PLC to autorestart Maintenance required if more than 1 event occurs in succession HEATSINK Module assembly defect Disable output wait for IGBT temperature to 70 Autorestart Disable if more than 3 successive events Maintenance required OVERCURRENT The output current being drawn from the Inverter is too high Short circuit of the output Excessive line disturbance Automatic Restart 5 Possible maintenance required OVERVOLTAGE The Inverter internal DC link voltage is too high The supply voltage is too high Failure to synchronize properly to the line Automatic Restart 5 Possible maintenance required SYSTEM VOLTS Control and fan supply volts low on a CD module The supply is overloaded A fan is shorted Low voltage supply wiring fault PLC to autorestart inverter when the 24V supply is regulating properly Autorestart and warning notification sent to SCADA UNDERVOLTAGE The Inverter internal DC link voltage is too low The supply voltage is too low The supply voltage is missing Array voltage is missing PLC Logic to determine if sleep mode is required or if there s a mains problem Possible maintenance required
132. e is disabled Still Service Lights PLC A5 Module 5 Component Failure accessible from SCADA or Local communications a Digital Output stays OFF 051 052 Service Lights Component Failure Service Lights stay on all Service Light Switch Keep Running Would think the HMI is disabled HMI would still the time PLC A5 Module 5 Component Failure respond to commands A Digital Output stays ON current indication on shark Meter Jumper failure Component Failure Keep Running Failure Annunciated power meter incorrect CT P1 CT P2 P p 8 C3 A C3 B C3 C increased harmonics 4 C4 C filter capacitors Component Failure fail open Overheating Imbalanced Current Overcurrent Trip C5 A C5 B C5 C 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 1 2 Troubleshooting increased KVARS Increases losses FM1 FM2 FM3 filter contactors component Failure welded mereasestosses contacts increased losses Decreased efficiency increased ambient temp a Enclosure Heater Remains ON all the time Component Failure clipping sooner than anticipated Loss of Filter Current CT U1 CT V1 CT U2 CT W2 Indication CT U3 CT W3 Component Failure Loss of Diagnostics Loss of Filter Current Indication PC OS Fault No data being d Industrial PC Fault Wn eing logge PC Hardware Fault Component E Keep Running HMI Fault HMI Hardware Fault E d not 2
133. e 1910 136 Foot 1910 137 Electrical 1910 138 Hand 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Maintenance 5 39 5 40 Maintenance 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Personal Protective Equipment 6 1 Chapter 6 PPE This section provides general information on Personal Protective Equipment Supervisors must assess the job tasks performed by their workers and document what personal protective equipment PPE is necessary for the work being performed Each worker who is required to use PPE must be provided with training Warnings OSHA PPE REGULATIONS Guidelines Training Requirements Protection Requirements OSHA PPE Policy PPE Inspection 9 9 9 9 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 6 2 Personal Protective Equipment WARNING IMPORTANT All electrical work must be done in accordance with local national and or international electrical codes by a qualified electrician IMPORTANT WARNING Battery Strings can produce dangerous electrical voltage levels IMPORTANT WARNING Extreme Arc Flash and Shock Hazards Flash Hazard Boundary 60 Up to 24 46 Cal cm at 18 Class PPE Level Rated at 25 2 layers of clothing cotton underwear fire resistant shirt and pants or coveralls multilayer flash suit VR gloves tools with appropriate flash hood Limited Approach Boundary 120 Restricted Approach Boundary 12
134. e a rir ind nien EH 5 2 Preventative WIBINURMANGS or 5 5 Condenser Mamenn ce eee 5 16 POS e Mya cns toil ae uL UL LL 5 31 SR 5 39 iniu 6 1 R TP TTE 6 2 OSHA PPEIREGIULATIOBS eee am 6 3 E scs tt Are ELE Er 6 3 Manne Ree ae 6 4 a 6 4 Personal Protective Eguipment IMS REC HO IN ua pesoen lao eva aeuo ae min 6 8 APPENDIX A INVERTER KEYPAD A 1 6901 Pm 2 Control Key EE d 3 Display Defibiliofis ER RH FED PR TIE PIERDE REO I eR RU M IEEE ERO ED A 4 BAUEN OO 8 Instructions and Procedures iid d a 12 Inverter Keypad 18 hiddsbsuieguullmemee 1 GE Eee etoile
135. e arc blades if applicable and ensure proper wipe of the main contacts Interphase linkages and operating rods should be inspected to make sure that the linkage has not been bent or distorted and that all fastenings are secure The position of the toggle latch to the switch operating linkage should be observed on all closed switches to verify the switch is mechanically locked in a closed position Operate switch manually several times to ensure proper operation and then by motor if power operated Ensure that all moving parts are properly secured and lubricated as specified by the manufacturer Contact resistance testing of each phase contact should be performed The results should be recorded and analyzed to ensure proper contact is being made If the contact resistance of the switch exceeds recommended minimums repair or replace the switch immediately Liquid Filled Isolation Transformer Insulating liquid samples should be taken annually and screen tested for dielectric breakdown acidity color power factor and interfacial tension A Dissolved Gas in Oil DGA test conducted by a qualified testing laboratory should be performed annually The results should be trended to track conditions and schedule maintenance as necessary Examine the transformer tank and bushings for evidence of leakage Inspect the bushings insulators and surge arrestors for broken or damaged parts signs of overheating or arcing or tracking Clean all bushing
136. ed Refrigerant recovery unit equipped with inline filter on inlet side Refrigerant charging manifold with sight glass Three refrigerant hoses equipped with ball valves Refrigerant scales Clean empty recovery tank s Figure 5 3a Figure 5 4 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Figure 5 5 Maintenance 5 1 9 Figure 5 3 5 20 Maintenance Recovery procedure 1 Turn off three phase power to system 2 Shut all valves on hoses and recovery unit 3 Locate Schrader valve in pump piping Figure 5 3 and connect low pressure hose located under low pressure manifold gauge to valve Figure 5 3a Connect additional hose end w o ball valve to center port of charging manifold Make sure the valve remains closed Open valves at system connection and on low pressure side of charging manifold Briefly open the valve on the free hose end until hissing of escaping refrigerant is heard Immediately close valve and connect to recovery unit filter See Figures 5 4 amp 5 5 Recovery hoses have now been purged 8 Place recovery tank on scale Connect third refrigerant hose to outlet of recovery unit and purge hose and recovery unit by opening valves on recovery unit 10 Immediately connect hose to valve marked liquid on recovery tank See Figure 5 6 11 Set scale to zero System is now ready to be evacuated Figure 5 6 Hose 3 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U
137. ed based on the manufacturer s recommendations Standards Any electrical preventive maintenance program should be performed in accordance with accepted industry standards and work safety practices This includes but is not limited to the latest releases of the following National Fire Protection Association NFPA 70 National Electrical Code National Fire Protection Association NFPA 70B Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance National Fire Protection Association NFPA 70E Standards for Electrical Safety in the Workplace International Electrical Testing Association NETA Maintenance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems National Electrical Manufacturers Association NEMA Standard ABA Procedures for Verifying Field Inspections and Performance Verification of Molded Case Circuit Breakers Applicable Federal or State OSHA Regulations including among others 29 CFR 1910 269 Subpart S 29 CFR 1910 301 399 and the General Duty Clause 29 USC 651 et al Section 5 or the equivalent state standards 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 5 1 4 Maintenance Recommended Coordinated Inspections Disconnect Switches Inspect and clean insulators and conductors Tighten connections in accordance with manufacturer s specifications Do not over tighten as this may result in damage to connectors Check the operation of th
138. ent pump module to circulate a vaporizable dielectric fluid refrigerant R134a through a closed loop circuit The fluid is in a sub cooled liquid state as it enters and exits the pump module Liquid out of the pump module flows thru up to 19 parallel paths Nine of these flow paths each contain three cold plates which are in contact with IGBTs They are used to transfer heat from the IGBTs to the fluid Nine more of the parallel flow paths each contain three cooling coils which are in contact with inductor coils The cooling coils transfer heat from the inductors to the fluid The last flow path contains an air cooling coil to manage internally generated heat Other thermal losses in the inverter system are transferred to the air inside of the enclosure via convection The air is forced across the evaporator where the heat is transferred to the fluid As the fluid travels through each flow path it boils as it absorbs heat The fluid exits each parallel branch and enters a mixed phase manifold The flow travels from this manifold to an air cooled condenser where the fluid is condensed back to the sub cooled state before it returns back to the pump module High heat transfer coefficients low flow rates and low thermal gradients are achieved by utilizing the two phase cooling cycle 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 3 12 Operations Two phase Cooling System D c JA 8 JH 2 M o 9
139. er KNEE PROTECTION 9403 66 SEASONAL CLMATE CONTROL LENS CARE RELATED PRODUCTS Tent Heater Deluxe Work Tent 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 5 4 Maintenance Typical Preventative Maintenance and Service Schedule The table below represents a typical energy storage inverter maintenance profile Actual usage profile may warrant more or less frequent maintenance Action Component Test EPO Operation Annually Inspect CB2 Main Disconnect Circuit Breaker Annually Inspect Coolant system for damage Annually Inspect Inspect AC connections Enclosure to Isolation Transformer Annually Inspect Inspect DC connections Annually Review Coolant system level via SCADA Annually Review SCADA Temperature Data Trends Annually Inspect Enclosure External for leaks damage corrosion 6 Months Test GFI Duplex Receptacles 6 Months Test Ground Fault 6 Months Clean Heat Exchanger Fins 6 Months Replace Coolant Pumps 7 years Replace Condenser Fans 7 years Replace Internal Fans 10 years Replace Control Power Supplies 10 years Replace ACFilter Capacitors 10 years While there is no general rule how often some components should be cleaned Frequency and method of cleaning will depend on the user environment and must be determined by the operating personnel A prudent approach would be to inspect components on a monthly o
140. er fuse to reconnect power Do you hear the pump spinning or feel pump vibration Yes Repeat for PLG2 and PLG3 with 1 plug in each time No Pump Module Fault disabling system Check Pumps p4 41 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 43 Heatsink Trip A Heatsink trip is caused when one module reports a fault It does not report which module is faulty Check Pump 1 Coolant Flow Check temperature output PLG6 No P B 1 2 is it between 2 6 VDC Voltage should make sense No lower than ambient Yes Are SW1 switches set up for correct mode Measure VDC on pins 20 21 22 to 3 on diagnostic port on each CD module Are any very different than the others No GO TO Check Pump 2 Continue Check Pumps p4 42 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 44 Troubleshooting A Heatsink trip is caused when one module reports a fault Heatsink Trip It does not report which module is faulty Check Pump 2 Coolant Flow Does pump sound loud or rough Is pressure drop across pump between 20 50 PSI No Is upper sight glass floating No Was R 134a and correct oil used at last maintenance Yes Does increasing pump setpoint solve problem No Call Factory Troubleshooting chart exhausted Call Factory 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Typical HMI Annunciated Fault Codes This table pro
141. eration Record test date and results SCADA Transformer data such as voltage current and temperature readings should be recorded on a regular basis in order to determine operating conditions of the transformer Peak or redline indicators should be recorded and reset Readings taken on a weekly basis can provide important information about the loading of the transformer that is needed before additional loads can be added to the transformer Inductor contactor transformer busbar refrigerant and ambient Temperature trends should be reviewed and analyzed for rising heat levels not attributable to external ambient temperatures Surge Arrestors Clean and inspect porcelain for signs of damage or deterioration Repair or replace as necessary Examine arrestor leads for damage and or deterioration Perform resistance tests and grounding electrode circuit resistance tests These should be conducted according to manufacturer s recommendations 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 5 1 2 Maintenance Transformer and Inductor Leads Meg ohm meters should be used to test the insulation quality of all transformer and inductor leads The power leads should be meggered at least once per year Recording the results of each annual test will show trends in breakdown of electrical insulation Early detection of insulation degradation will allow repair or replacement of the affected lead before a failure occu
142. erter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 24 Troubleshooting 890GTB Inverter List See Appendix F for more information and a list of annunciated system faults and warnings X12 01 AN OV OV reference for analog IO X12 02 AN IN 1 10 L cb Voltage for SYNC X12 03 AN IN 2 10V L ab Voltage for SYNC X12 04 AN IN 3 10V X12 05 ANIN 4 10V Total DC Current X12 06 AN OUT 1 10V Condenser Speed Reference 12 07 AN OUT 2 HOV Internal mixing fan assembly Speed Reference 12 08 10 REF 10 output X12 09 10V REF 10V output X13 01 24V Input 24VDC nom maximum 13 02 24V Input 18 28V X13 03 OV Input ov OVDC Input X13 04 OV Input X14 01 Dig OUT 3 X14 02 DOUT3A 3B X14 03 USER 24V X14 04 OV OVDC Input X15 01 Dig IN 1 Inverter Run Command X15 02 Dig IN 2 Main CB Closed X15 03 Dig IN 3 Evaporator Control Healthy Evaporator Fans Controller Fault X15 04 Dig IN 4 Pump Health from pump controller Refrigerant Pump Controller Fault X15 05 Dig IN 5 0 24V Condenser Fan 1 Control Healthy Condenser Fan 1 Controller Fault X15 06 Dig IN 6 Condenser Fan 2 Control Healthy Condenser Fan 2 Controller Fault X15 07 Dig IN 7 EPO Status Healthy X15 08 Dig OUT 1 Inverter Running X15 09 Dig OUT 2 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 25 X16 01 D
143. essive current relative to its paralleled modules Paralleled output impedances are imbalanced One of the modules has been disconnected from the load PLC to autorestart Maintenance required if more than 1 event Occurs in succession CUSTOM TRIP Up to 7 user customizable faults TBD by customer Disable output manual reset required CUSTOM TRIP 1 PCM Detected Loss of PLC Watchdog Fieldbus PCM IGBTs Off PLC Annunciate to SCADA PLC Watchdog PLC CUSTOM TRIP 2 Overvoltage PCM Detected Output Overvoltage Fieldbus PLC PCM IGBTs Off PLC Annunciate to SCADA CUSTOM TRIP 3 Undervoltage PCM Detected Output Undervoltage Fieldbus PLC PCM IGBTs Off PLC Annunciate to SCADA CUSTOM TRIP 4 Over Frequency PCM Detected Output Over Frequency Fieldbus PLC PCM IGBTs Off PLC Annunciate to SCADA CUSTOM TRIP 5 Under Frequency PCM Detected Output Under Frequency Fieldbus PLC PCM IGBTs Off PLC Annunciate to SCADA CUSTOM TRIP 6 Dc Overvoltage PCM Detected DC BUS Overvoltage Fieldbus PLC PCM IGBTs Off PLC Annunciate to SCADA 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 List of Fault Codes CUSTOM TRIP 7 DC Undervoltsge PCM Detected DC BUS Overvoltage Fieldbus PLC PCM IGBTs Off PLC Annunciate to SCADA DC Contactor Failed To Close DC contactor will not close Failed coil or contactor Warning Annunciated indicating
144. essories above their ratings may cause death severe injury or heavy damage of electrical equipment ITEM 14 Options Label 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 31 Charging Motor 1st Shunt Trip 2nd Shunt Trip Ready to Close Switch UVR Switch 52a 1st Aux ay 52b Bell Alarm TG A ES ee a C m Remote Close Coil UVR Remote Reset 1st Shunt Trip Switch 52a 2ndAux 52 ua oH ETR NEU MI Tee M To Siemens Energy amp Automation Inc Grand Prairie TX 75050 USA Assembled in USA 240 10A 125 VDC OSA 24VDC X9 13 0131 nu ITEM 5 Type Label A Circuit breaker A B Non automatic circuit breaker 1 UL Mark for circuit breakers applied by a white sticker within 1 DE 10 the shown frame OA ae 2 Max Ampere rating nez 3 Rated operating voltages 4 Rated frequency us 5 Rated short circuit breaking capacity SE Aura 3 6 Necessary overcurrent protection aas Gi 4 ee 7 Enclosure size EX 8 Arcing area Max RMS 6 masm 9 Main connections sov v 100KA i teams 10 Switch mark gt m Co Suitable tor continous operation Suitable for continous 100 of ratin
145. eter Ethernet Failure Noise component or cable failure FM1 FM2 FM3 Filter Contactor Failure Contactor not closing Loss of efficiency Lower power output Cannot trim output KW CT Failure CTP1 CTP2 Open Cannot trim output KVAR PT Failure F17 F18 F19 T3 T4 Open Battery Container Loss of DC Input Failure in DC Supply DC Contactor fails to close Component failure Shorted Turns Keep Running Failure Annunciated 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Failure to sync to grid Cannot trim output KW Cannot trim output KVAR Condenser fan not running at correct speed Fans running all the time Evaporator Fan reports faulted Condenser Pump reports faulted Condenser Fan reports faulted Inverter 10A 1 Analog Input 1 2 3 10A2 Inverter Sync Attenuator Component Failure 10F1 10F2 10F3 Line Sync Input Fuses Short Circuit Overload CT P1 CT P2 CT Failure PT Failure F17 F18 F19 T3 T4 Inverter 10A1 Analog Output 1 Inverter 10A 1 Digital Output 4 5 Inverter 10A 1 Digital Output 4 5 PLC A5 Module 5 Digital Output 14 amp 15 High 10A 1 Inverter Digital Input 3 Low 10A 1 Inverter Digital Input 4 Low 10A 1 Inverter Digital Input 5 6 Low 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 line input data Voltage Condenser speed reference Loss of condenser fan run signals condenser fan run signals on all the time Wrong speed com
146. eypad is a plug in MMI Man Machine Interface option that provides local control of the Inverter monitoring and complete access for application programming The 6901 Keypad can be mounted up to 3 meters away from the 890GTB Caution Usage of the keypad is restricted to qualified Level 3 service personnel only Typically Parker Service and Engineering personnel The keypad displays the OPERATOR DIAGNOSTICS QUICK SETUP SETUP amp SYSTEM menus SETUP menu lists all parameters available in the DSE 890 Configuration Tool Initial Power Up Conditions The Keypad will display the Operator menu To display the Software Version Press and hold o to display software version Time out or press To Start in To Stop in Local Mode Local Mode Press Q Press Keypad Description The keypad has ten buttons seven LEDs and a backlit LCD display Figure 3 1 Initial Start up Display Programming keys Local control keys Figure 3 2 6901 Keypad 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Inverter Keypad A 3 Control Key Definitions The button functions change as the Inverter status changes The following table lists the functions each button controls The next section Display shows meanings of the messages in each mode Navigation Mode shows the functions when moving around the Inverter menus The structure is shown later in this chapter Parameter Mode shows the actions when changing or viewin
147. f internal high voltage insulation barriers which may pose a safety risk for users In many instances it is advisable that service personnel use service tents for maintaining the equipment in environmental conditions that warrant sheltering of the service personnel or the 890GTB Service tents are recommended to be used to protect personnel and equipment from sun exposure precipitation windblown contaminants including dust and other environmental hazards There are many manufacturers of service tents each with products that provide varying benefits and features to users An example of one such supplier is shown below for reference ALLEGRO PRODUCTS NEW PRODUCTS VIDEO SUPPORT NEWS HOME RESPIRATORS CONFINED SPACE gt WORK TENTS AND HEATERS gt ECONOMY WORK TENT BLOWERS Economy Work Tent Utility shelter springs from backpack into full size 69 x 6 w x Th tent in seconds Made from water resistant flame retardant and UV treated nylon with 360 reflective striping Quick set up from the Work Tents and Heaters inside or outside with two floor to floor fiber poles for better stability and structural strength One large door and two large windows offer easy access for worker and equipment and open bottom AED STORAGE allows for protection while working over manhole covers or excavation sites Comes in high viz SAMPLING PRODUCTS green with twelve yellow 9 plastic stakes and folds to 3171 x 2 1 2 h Weight 22 Ibs ERGONOMICS Part Numb
148. f the inverter Slot 02 32 Analog inputs 19205 Slot 03 32 Digital inputs NI9425 Slot 04 32 Digital inputs NI9425 Slot 05 32 Digital outputs NI9476 Slot 06 Slot 07 Slot 08 02002 rd Figure 3 24 Filter Inductors Figure 3 25 Filter Capacitors Behind Capacitor Door 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 3 20 Operations Typical Power Monitor A Shark Model Number 200T 60 10 V2 D INP10 Power Quality Meter or equivalent receives a single phase AC supply protected by a 5 amp FNM fuse The meter analyzes power quality based on Phase 1 and Phase 3 4000 5 CTs and three phase 120V AC Developed from the output AC power stepped down through two 150VA single phase potential transformers L2 common protected by 2A FNQR fuses The meter provides Active Power W Apparent Power VA Frequency Hz Phase Current A Power Factor PF Reactive Power VAR and Voltage V measurements with high performance accuracy Figure 3 26 Shark 200 Power Quality Meter Temperature Sensing Temperature sensing is accomplished using networks of thermistor cards daisy chained together and Thermocouple Modules NI 9213 See Figure 3 27 The Temperature sensing cards monitor AC Busbar temperatures 6 Capacitor busbar temperatures in the Tuned Filter 15 DC Connection Busbar Temperatures 18 Inverter Stack Busbar Temperatures 11 and Filter Bu
149. firm operation of kt A r CHANNEL 1 r Hms J 1 I J Esto STRING 2014 Maintenance 5 29 ANTI ISLANDING EPO AND EPO2 TIME DELAY AUXILIARY SET AT SEC DEFAULT ADJUST FOR PROPER DELAY AT START UP EMERGENCY POWER OFF 1 1 S AUXILIARY EMERGENCY POWER OFF 2 44 1 S TDD AUXILIARY EPO Relays EPO Status to Inverter and EPO Status to Main Breaker 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 2 Ensure EPO resets via RESET SWITCH and PLC Logic Confirm operation of EPO Relays and Reset Indication 5 30 Maintenance 11 12 14 Alarm relay 1 normally energized or de energized contact 21 22 24 Alarm relay 2 System Fault Relay Normally energized or deenergized Contact 4 500 1000 VDC DC BUS Figure 5 16 Typical 890GTB Ground Fault Circuits Initial state all power off 1 Check fuses F5 F8 F9 F10 and 10F20 for continuity 2 Check surge suppression Strikesorbs resistance 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Maintenance 5 3 1 Procedures Module Replacement Removing Phase Module 1 Unplug the cables from the front of the module Disconnect DC BUS connections from left side of the phase module Loosen the captive bolts securing the module until it is free Use a 5 mm hex driver to disengage the module from the rack Pull the module towards you and slide it out of the rack Approximate weight 40 Ibs 18
150. form a SAVE CONFIG SYSTEM menu Note The keypad will display a failure message if the PARAMETER SAVE is unsuccessful This indicates that the inverter has developed a fault and must be returned to Parker EGT Refer to Routine Maintenance and Repair 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 36 Troubleshooting COOLING SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING ee AS Lexx XE 2 oT a eL 3 x 6 2 c J PLATE PLATE 9p JE COLD E dH PLATE mar IL PLATE lt ff com 4 q Z E a ep IEH Figure 4 7 Two phase cooling system diagram 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 37 Using Flow Charts In almost all cases a heatsink or over temperature trip will signal a fault in the cooling system Use the following flowcharts to diagnose the fault Faults caused by other sources are covered separately in this chapter Goto Check Power Destinations for Jumping to a new page Is lower sight glass ball floating Questions or actions to perform Final Corrective action 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 38 Troubleshooting A Heatsink trip is caused when one module reports a fault Heatsink Tri It does not report which module is faulty Start Check Coolant Level No Is lower glass ball floating Rem
151. g if used 7 4100 of rating orfy if used FRAME Ce RUN 19 5 Depth inches Depth inches WLS2D316 6 marcus e Di jJ INN Far Use With Bus Ony SINT 9 2 IDNo 31910220089 8 eo o 0 3 09 6 1 Type of circuit breaker 2 Siemens interrupting class 3 Frame size 4 Draw out or fixed mounted circuit breaker 5 No of poles 6 Maximum rated continuous current 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 32 Associated Equipment Trip Unit Designation SIEMENS 1 Type WL Trip Unit ETU745 Cat No WLETU745 2 For use with Circuit Breaker Frames N450101000001 3 WLN WLS WLH WLL WLF WLM 4 Type Catalog number Can be used in the following types of circuit breakers Regulatory approvals on a separate label 0132 01 1 2 3 Rating Plug Label SIEMENS WLREP32Z00 Far use with trip unts 1 Rating Plug 14723200 2 3 Catalog number Ampere rating of the circuit breaker Regulatory approvals on a separate label 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Qualified Personnel In regards to maintenance procedures and inspections of SIEMENS Molded Circuit Breakers a qualified person is one who is familiar with the installation construction and operation of said equipment and the hazards involved In addition a qualified person has the fo
152. g a parameter in the menus This mode generally occurs after Navigation functions Local Mode lists the functions when you control the Inverter with the keypad Trip Mode functions are the keypad actions after the Inverter has tripped Navigation Mode Stepping through the Menu Parameter Mode View Change Parameters Local Mode Hand Icon Visible Trip Mode Alarm Indicator Visible Start the inverter Resets a TRIP and starts the Inverter Press and hold to toggle between LOCAL and REMOTE Stop the inverter Resets a TRIP and allows inverter to operate Enter selected Menu or Parameter Move curser to the left for faster changes Press for 2 sec to access the menu Exit the displayed menu Save the new value Return to Parameter Menu Navigation Leave the Menu Clear a TRIP message from the display Step to previous menu item Increase the value Increase Setpoint Step to next menu item Decrease the value Decrease Setpoint Toggles between the current location in the Operator Menu and any other menu Hold for 3 seconds to access SAVE CONFIG Menu Switch to LOCAL Mode Displays Local Setpoint Screen Switch to REMOTE Mode Change output direction 0000000000 Runs at the JOG setpoint and stops when released 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 Inverter Keypad Display Definitions The display shows three
153. g the transformer with an electrostatic shield to minimize EMI issues and to request a minimum K factor of 4 The inverter is designed for close connection to the transformer via a bus bar throat standard option or can be designed for cable termination in a dedicated entry box Grid Tie Inverter Enclosure Battery Enclosure s t Dedicated Entry Box Grid Transformer nn Transformer Figure 3 21 Optional Cable Termination Line Synchronization The AC Input from the main transformer is connected to the input of the synchronization attenuator LA471892U002 See Figure 3 22 This unit provides a low voltage signal to the power stack control module via analog inputs This card provides real time phase voltage feedback for synchronization phasing and control The circuit also allows for the execution of power factor and VAR control In addition it provides voltage and frequency feedback for grid protection required by IEEE 1547 and UL 1741 A Figure 3 22 Line Sync Attenuator 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Operations 3 1 9 Typical PLC Located in the control cabinet a National Instrument PLC Model Number cRIO 9068 is powered by 24VDC protected by a 5 amp FNM fuse The PLC rack includes the following modules Slot 01 Thermocouple input NI9213 monitors Inductor temperatures and ambient temperatures inside and outside o
154. g your projects is a simple process Your backup may be located on a variety of devices including removable disk Compact Flash hard drive or a network drive To restore your project follow the steps below 1 From the MachineShop Suite menu bar select File Restore Project The Restore Wizard launches 2 Select portions of the project to include in the restore There are several pieces of your project you can choose to include within the restore The Project File is always selected and represents the structure of your MachineShop Suite project Selecting Global Objects will restore any links to other files included in the project Your individual application s are also included by default All of the applications that you have developed for your MachineShop Suite Project will be selected Deselect those you wish not to include in your restore This allows you to restore only specific applications if desired 3 Click Next The project is created and stored at the location you specified in the wizard Firmware IP Address 192 168 1 200 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 1 9 Shark Power and Energy Meter User Guide E149701 pdf Statement of Calibration Shark instruments are inspected and tested in accordance with specifications published by Electro Industries GaugeTech The accuracy and a calibration of the instruments are traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology thr
155. ge Contactor Status 08 xPLCiStsDCPCPCnt Bool Maintained 1 Closed DC Precharge Contactor Status 09 xPLCiStsDCPCNCnt Bool Maintained 1 Closed DC Precharge Contactor Status Delayed 10 xHMIqStsDCPCCntDelay Bool Maintained 1 Closed 11 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 1 4 Programming 890GT SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units LC Filter Contactor Status 12 xPLCiStsLCFltrCnt Bool Maintained 1 Closed 13 Bool 14 Heater Status 15 rPLCiStsHeater Bool Maintained 1 0n AC Main Circuit Breaker Status 00 xPLCiMCBOn Bool Maintained 1 Closed AC Main Circuit Breaker Tripped 01 xPLCiMCBTripped Bool Maintained 1 Tripped 02 Bool 03 Bool Local Remote SS Status 04 xPLCiRemoteSS Bool Maintained 1 Switch in Remote Poistion On Off SS Status 05 xPLCiOnSS Bool Maintained 1 Switch in On Position 06 Bool 07 Pushbutton Status 08 xPLCiStsEPOPBMasked Bool Maintained 1 Not Actuated EPO Relay Status 09 xHMIqStsEPORelayMasked Bool Maintained 1 0K 10 Bool AC Surge Suppression Fuse Fault 11 xPLCiStsACSurgeSuppression Bool Maintained 1 DC Surge Suppression Fuse Fault 12 xPLCiStsDCSurgeSuppression Bool Maintained 1 OK Un Buffered 24VDC Supply Fault 13 xHMIqFaultDCNormalSupply Bool Maintained 1 Fault
156. ges B 6 to B 33 for the Inverter SCADA available data 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 3 44 Operations 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 1 Chapter 4 Troubleshooting The following tables can be used to troubleshoot a loss of function possibly due to a tripped circuit breaker or blown fuse They list the component identifier used in the circuit diagrams and the type rating and location of each device Warnings Enclosure Protection Table of Symptoms and Possible Causes Equipment Specific Problems PLC I O List and Associated Fault Codes Inverter Keypad Fault List HMI Annunciated Fault Codes 9 9 9 9 9 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 2 Troubleshooting WARNING IMPORTANT All electrical work must be done in accordance with local national and or international electrical codes by a qualified electrician IMPORTANT WARNING Battery Strings can produce dangerous electrical voltage levels IMPORTANT WARNING Extreme Arc Flash and Shock Hazards Flash Hazard Boundary 60 Up to 24 46 Cal cm at 18 Class PPE Level Rated at 25 Cal cm 2 layers of clothing cotton underwear fire resistant shirt and pants or coveralls multilayer flash suit VR gloves tools with appropriate flash hood Limited Approach Boundary 120 Restricted Approach Boundary 12 Prohibited Approach Boundary 1 Figu
157. gure 5 22c GTB Filter Inductor and Connections 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Figure 5 22b GTB Filter Inductors 5 38 Maintenance Installing an Inductor 1 Open Capacitor Panel to access Inductors 2 Remove the caps from the refrigerant line connections on the back of the module 3 Slide the inductor into the appropriate slot in the rack There are specific Inductors for Top Middle and Bottom Positions 4 Use 5 mm hex driver turning Jackscrew B clockwise to engage inductor Electrical Connection C and Coolant Connection D into rack Tighten to 8 Nm 6 2 Ib ft The bolt should bottom out when the module is properly inserted 5 Plug the cable into the front of the Inductor 6 Close and secure Capacitor Panel Figure 5 22c GTB Filter Capacitor Panel CAUTION Inductors are heavy Exercise caution handling inductors A during removal and installation B Figure 5 22a GTB Filter Inductor and Connections Figure 5 22b GTB Filter Inductors 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Inclement Weather Servicing See page 5 3 OSHA REGULATIONS Lockout Tag out Policy amp Procedure 1910 147 The control of hazardous energy Electrical Power Generation 1910 269 Utility Construction amp Maintenance Personal Protective Equipment 1910 132 General 1910 133 Eye and face 1910 134 Respirator 1910 135 Head
158. h as the AGH 150W 4 extend this range The AMP Plus measuring principle utilized by the IRDH275 meets the requirements of modern power systems including pure DC systems systems with rectifiers and systems with variable frequency drives VFDs In systems with high leakage capacitances the IRDH275 automatically adapts itself to ensure an accurate reading The IRDH275 features a digital display showing the system s insulation resistance in real time All settings are changed via the device s built in menu The IRDH275 utilizes an external supply voltage for power which allows deenergized systems to also be monitored FUNCTION When the insulation resistance from system to ground falls below the set response value the alarm relays switch and the alarm LEDs activate Two separately adjustable alarm contacts can be set to a prewarning and main warning alarm The measured value is indicated on the LCD display or an externally connectable measuring instrument A latching setting fault memory allows the device to reset automatically or require a manual reset An external and internal test reset can be activated remotely or on the device comprehensive INFO menu displays additional information such as the system s leakage capacitance The IRDH275 continuously monitors the equipment ground connection to ensure proper operation The device s easy to use onboard menu manages all settings via the detailed LCD screen 890GTB Battery Inverter Power
159. ick the Help button on the C Series Module Properties dialog box for information about the module settings Configuring a Project with Offline Hardware Complete the following steps to configure the project if you do not have hardware installed 1 2 3 Open the existing project Right click the project root in the Project Explorer window and select New Targets Click the New target or device radio button select the appropriate controller under Real Time CompactRIO and click the OK button LabVIEW adds an RT target item for the controller to the project Right click the RT CompactRIO Target in the Project Explorer window and select New Targets and Devices from the shortcut menu to display the Add Targets and Devices dialog box Click the New target or device radio button select the appropriate chassis under CompactRIO Chassis and click the OK button LabVIEW adds a chassis item to the project You must select the corresponding integrated chassis in this step Right click the chassis item in the Project Explorer window and select New FPGA Target from the shortcut menu If the chassis type is supported in Scan Interface mode the Deploy CompactRIO Chassis Settings Dialog box appears Click the Deploy Later button to 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 12 Associated Equipment 10 11 return to the project LabVIEW adds an FPGA target item for the chassis to the project and puts the system into LabVIEW F
160. ig OUT 4 24V X16 02 DOUT4A 4B Condenser Fan 1 Control Run X16 03 Dig OUT 5 24V X16 04 DOUTSA 5B Condenser Fan 2 Control Run X16 05 Dig OUT 6 X16 06 DOUT6A 6B X16 07 UNUSED X16 08 Mtr Therm A pe ST X16 09 Mtr Therm B PLG11 1 24 FS5 Jump to PLG11 3 PLG11 2 ov PLG11 3 Cathode Jump to PLG11 1 PLG11 4 I O Emitter PLG11 5 Anode PLG11 6 Kathode Jump to OV 1 and PLG 5 located LA471775U001 Pump Controller PLG11 located LA473080U001 Power Distribution Board 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 26 Troubleshooting System PLC I O Assignments SLOT POINT TYPE NAME DESCRIPTION 1 1 Ted CHOKE U1 1 2 TC2 CHOKE V1 1 3 TC TC3 CHOKE W1 1 4 4 02 1 5 5 CHOKE V2 1 6 TC TC6 CHOKE W2 1 7 TC TC7 CHOKE U3 T 8 TC TC8 CHOKE V3 1 9 9 CHOKE W3 1 10 10 DC Power Supplies 1 11 TE TC11 Internal Ambient 1 12 TC 12 External Ambient 1 13 TC TC13 MCB FR4 Box Ambient 1 14 14 Strikesorb Panel Ambient 1 15 TC15 Condenser Outlet 1 16 TC 16 Condenser Inlet 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 27 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 28 Troubleshooting
161. igh AC volts CB2 opens Maintenance required HMI Thermal Shutdown Pending Local HMI A5 Disabled due to extreme interior ambient temp due to climate or cooling system performance Keep Running Annunciate Warning Can force the HMI on when at the inverter None 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 46 Troubleshooting HMI WARN Local HMI A5 Disabled due to extreme interior ambient temp due to climate or cooling system performance Keep Running Annunciate Warning Can force the HMI on when at the inverter None HMIWATCHDOG FAULT Local HMI A5 Watchdog timeout detected by main controller Ethernet Failure HMI Failure HMI Runtime Busy Inverter continues to run Maintenance required INTERNAL AMBIENT Internal ambient temperature 70C Internal heat exchanger fans are blocked Excessive ambient temp Wait until internal temperatures are 65C Autorestart Maintenance required if more than 1 event occurs in Condenser fans not spinning succession SCADA trying t d th The inverter is receiving SCADA commands ATE ee Warning only Inverter will only respond to local LOCAL MODE inverter while the inverter is in local None but has been set to be in local mode commands mode LOW AC VOLTS AB LOW AC VOLTS BC LOW AC VOLTS CA AC line below LVRT standards Brownout event occurred Line is not energized Transfo
162. in DRIVE CONFIG doesn t match the actual Inverter configuration FirstTrip 63 Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required EARTH FAULT The sum of the phase currents is not equal to O There s a short to earth on the output There s a short to DC link to the output FirstTrip 79 PLC to autorestart if GF circuit did not detect an issue Maintenance if a GF is detected EPO Pushbutton Actuated EPO Switch Activated Inverter Stops EPO Relay Activated EPO Switch Open Access panel or door open EPO failure Inverter Stops 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 List of Fault Codes 5 External Ambient Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 gt 70 Inverter stops Autorestart when internal temp 65C External Ambient Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 C gt 65 C Inverter stops Autorestart when internal temp lt 65C External Temp Requires Inverter De Rate Sensor failure outside Temperature High Warning only Derate output to maintain temperatures User trip caused via control terminals 24V not EXTERNAL TRIP present on external trip terminal X15 05 Check Disable output manual reset required setting of EXT TRIP MODE parameter FirstTrip 5 Inverter stops run cooling system Autorestart when internal Filter Busbar Therminal Temperature Fault 6A1 6A15 Measured Temp lt 40 gt 150 C temp lt
163. ing during installation carefully remove any plastic out of the couplings IMPORTANT Do not use compressed air or water under high pressure 7 4 Figure 5 21 Phase Module O Ring Location 3 Use soap water and a foam brush to clean the inside of the coupling Rinse thoroughly Note Moisture in the system will result in poor performance and premature component failure Extended vacuuming is recommended after any potential introduction of water 4 Clean the outside of the coupling using soap water and a soft bristle brush Rinse thoroughly and dry with a lint free cloth 5 Inspect the O rings If any o ring appears damaged or cut replace it with a new o ring part number BO472917U014 Use isopropyl alcohol and a lint free cloth to clean the O rings Apply Dow Corning lubricant to the O rings 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Removing Inductor Open Capacitor Panel to access Inductors Unplug the cable from the front of the Inductors to be removed A Use 5 mm hex driver turning Jackscrew B counterclockwise to disengage inductor Electrical Connection C and Coolant Connection D from rack Using Handle E Pull Inductor towards you and remove from Rack Approximate weight 154 Ibs 70 kg Install caps on the refrigerant line connections on the back of the module CAUTION Inductors are heavy Exercise caution handling inductors during removal and installation Fi
164. into place 1 SAVE YOUR APPLICATION DATA The factory makes every attempt to save the application data when repairing a PCM To be safe use DSELite to save the application data before removing the PCM The control power must be on to save the data 2 Load your application data using DSELite into the replacement PCM after it is secured in the power stack 3 It is critically important that the phase module control cables are installed into the proper U V or W terminal The phase modules are organized into stacks of three modules one for each phase U V and W These groups are labeled 1 2 and 3 The output phases from each stack are wired in parallel 4 Make sure to reconnect every cable to the PCM There are 32 possible connections or terminal blocks although not every connection is required for every application Ther mustot and Digital 1 0 Analog Digital o 2 PS Parker Option B This photo shows the connection points the illustration does not show 8903 IM cards installed Contro Board When replacing the PCM be sure to install your configuration from the back up disc using DSELite 2 There many connections to the module Take special care to ensure that each wire is securely connected to its proper terminal II TII Connections to Phase Modules Board Figure 5 18 890GT PCM IMPORTANT Crossing phase wires will cause an overcurrent or desat trip upon starting the
165. inverter 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 5 34 Maintenance Removing the Control Board The control board assembly is removable from the PCM This is required to replace or add option boards Note Refer to the Option Card Technical Manual for fitting wiring details 1 Remove the wire support bracket A if it is installed 2 Loosen the screws B securing Option A and Option B if fitted 3 Undo the captive screws C located in the handles of the control board Gently pull on the handles to withdraw the board from the inverter supporting any attached option boards Installing the Control Board Note The boards are sliding in slots Make sure to align the board with the slots when reinstalling the assembly 1 Fit the control board with attached options into the Inverter Push the board gently to engage the connectors on the rear edge of the control board with the Inverter s connectors 2 Tighten the captive screws C located in the handles of the control board Tighten the captive screws B if fitted 4 Replace the wire support bracket A Figure 5 19 890GT Control Board 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Figure 5 20a 890GTB Pump Control Module Location Figure 5 20b 890GTB Pump Tray Location Removing the Pump Tray 1 Unplug the pump wires A and thermistor wires B 2 Remove the four screws C on the bottom of the tray that secure the tray to the en
166. ion Standard must be implemented and observed Workers must complete worker training requirements of OSHA s Electric Power Generation Transmission and Distribution Standard 29 CFR 1910 269 Dangerous electrical potentials which can result in electrocution and arc flash hazards are present while the battery container is connected Workers must pay attention to both battery power conductors and overhead power lines While fatal electrocution is the main hazard other hazards include using tools and equipment that can contact power lines Look for overhead power lines and buried power line indicators e Stay at least 10 feet away from overhead power lines and assume they are energized e De energize and ground lines when working near them Use non conductive wood or fiberglass ladders when working near power lines 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Safety 1 7 Safety Information N An Arc Flash Hazard Assessment shall be done to determine the Flash Protection Boundary the incident energy at the working distance and the PPE Requirements An Electrical Work Permit is required for any work performed within the Limited Approach Boundary with the exception of non contact testing or troubleshooting or voltage measurement using test probes with a minimum rating of CAT IlI 1000V if appropriate safe work practices and appropriate personal protective equipment is used Category 0 0 1 2 cal cm One la
167. ipment 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Getting Started 2 1 Chapter 2 Getting Started A few things you should know about this manual About this Manual How the manual is organized Initial steps Related Documentation Abbreviations 9 9 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 2 2 Getting Started About this Manual This manual is intended for use by service and maintenance personnel It assumes reasonable levels of understanding in the disciplines required to service and maintain this equipment Note Please read all Safety information before proceeding with the service maintenance and operation of this unit It is important that you pass this manual on to any new user of this unit How the Manual is organized This manual is organized into chapters indicated by the numbering on the edge of each page The manual is focused on servicing and maintaining the Battery Inverter Enclosure For more detailed information refer to the relevant manufacturer product manual Initial Steps Use the manual to help you plan the following Service and Maintenance Know your requirements Training requirements OSHA Safety conformance Compliance with Arc Flash requirements 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Typical Related Documentation Getting Started 2 3 Several other documents and manuals listed below describe the operation and maintenance of the
168. istance The PowerStation s touchscreen is designed to meet the NEMA 4 rating Mount the PowerStation in an enclosure that supports this rating in order to provide further protection The PowerStation s touchscreen is resistant to a variety of chemicals listed below with no visible effect Faceplate Chemical Resistance Acetone Sulfuric Acid 1096 Motor MEK Hydrochloric Acid 1096 Gasoline Toluene Acetic Acid 1096 Machine Oil Methylene Chloride Phosphoric Acid Salad Oil Isopropyl Alcohol Sodium Hydroxide 1096 Silicone Xylene Carbon Tetrachloride Silicone Grease G31 Hexane Potassium Hydroxide Kerosene Butyl Cellosolve Ammonia Water 10 Gas Oil Cyclohexanone Sodium Chloride 2696 Silicone Oil Trichloroethylene Zinc Chloride 8196 Engine Oil Ethanol Cottonseed Oil Cleaner Methanol Glycerine Nitric Acid 1096 Grease 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 1 8 Associated Equipment All exposed PowerStation surfaces are resistive to the following chemicals HM Commercial glass gleaners Motor Oil Diesel Fuel Silicone based Lubricant Automatic Transmission Fluid Ammonia 1096 dilute solution Hydraulic Fluid Gasoline leaded and unleaded Alcohol ethyl methyl IMPORTANT Sustained exposure to brake fluid or Gunk brand degreaser can cause damage to the monitor materials IPX10S D Configuration Restoring Projects with MachineShop Restorin
169. ke Mot PMAC Protect Mol Polareation Motor Induction Motor PMAC 1 PMAC 2 Pattern Gen Position Loop Power Loss Cntri i Resolver Skip Frequencies Siew Rate Limit Speed Loop eed Loop 2 Stabilisation q 2 2 2 Menu Level Menu Level 2 MenuLevel3 Menu Level 4 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Inverter Keypad A 1 1 Move to Master Phase Inch Effect of VIEW LEVEL _ Settings on menu VIEW LEVEL OPERATOR 77777 BASIC vcl ADVANCED All menus visible Menu Level 1 Menu Level2 Menu Level 3 MenuLevel 4 12 Inverter Keypad Instructions and Procedures This section contains common short cuts and procedures There are keypad procedures for entering and changing passwords The short cuts for resetting the factory default values and changing the application macro are at the end How to save the application Note This procedure saves only information for keypad parameters Action Description Comments Display Press Start at any menu location Jump to Hol f Press SAVE CONFIG Menu old button for at least 3 seconds Press Can select any APP using Press Press Or save Can press to cancel save Menu displayed after save completed Jump to MS Press OPERATOR Menu This is the normal function of this button 890GTB Battery Inverter Power
170. l Maintained 1 Warning 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 24 Programming 890GT SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4A7 06 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A7 Bool Maintained 1 Warning DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4A8 07 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A8 Maintained 1 Warning DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4A9 08 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A9 Bool Maintained 1 Warning DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4A10 09 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A10 Bool Maintained 1 Warning DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4A11 10 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A11 Bool Maintained 1 Warning DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4A12 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A12 Bool Maintained 1 Warning DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4A13 12 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A13 Bool Maintained 1 Warning DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4A14 13 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A14 Bool Maintained 1 Warning DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4 15 14 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A15 Bool Maintained 1 Warning DC Panel Busbar Temperature Warning 4A16 15 xHMIqWarnTempDCPanel4A16 Bool Maintained 1 Warning DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A1 00 xHMIqFaultTempDCPanel4A1 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Panel Busbar Temperature Fault 4A2 01 xHM
171. l sub circuits is located on the LA473303U002 panel Fiaure 3 10 Ethernet Switch Figure 3 8 Inverter PC Figure 3 9 Inverter Phase Modules Figure 3 11 Inverter Circuit Breaker 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Operations 3 1 1 Typical Circuit Breaker Operator A Siemens 3000 amp WL Circuit Breaker Operator or equivalent is powered by 24V DC supplied by PS2 The Circuit Breaker Operator controls CB2 See Figure 3 10 a 3000 Amp Circuit Breaker that feeds the Isolation Transformer It receives inputs from the Emergency Power Off EPO circuit and the PLC Breaker Open and Breaker Close The Circuit Breaker Operator provides outputs to the PLC Breaker Closed and Breaker Tripped Optionally the breaker can be tripped by an external source Wiring terminals for this option are provided in the control enclosure Typical Communications Within the Battery Inverter Enclosure an Ethernet network coordinates the inverter stacks PLC and HMI devices using CAT5 cable The inverter includes a USB port for programming or it can be programmed over Ethernet Several communications options are available for integration into a SCADA system Cooling Advanced cooled ratings of the inverter feature a two phase cooling system See Figure 3 12 which is designed to remove thermal energy losses from the inverter system and reject them to the ambient surroundings outside of the enclosure The system uses a positive displacem
172. larm history Time Alarm Description Group Alarn PLOSISEPORelay EPO Relay Activated GT _ Alarm Control Description PLC Luca Description POM xPLCIStsEPORelay EPO Relay Activatec Figure 3 38 HMI ALARM Screen 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Operations 3 31 ALARM CONTROL Screen The ALARM CONTROL screen allows the operator to Enable and Disable Alarms and Alarm Groups Alarm Name Priority State Description Group OverVoltage CRITICAL Enabled Over Voltage PCM UnderVoltage CRITICAL Enabled Under Voltage PCM Overcurrent CRITICAL Enabled Overcurrent PCM Heatsink CRITICAL Enabled Heatsink PCM ExternalTrip CRITICAL Enabled External Trip PCM input Break CRITICAL Enabled input 1 Break PCM Input2Break CRITICAL Enabled input 2 Break PCM MotorStalled CRITICAL Enabled Motor Stalled PCM InverseTime CRITICAL Enabled Inverse Time PCM BrakeResistor CRITICAL Enabled Brake Resistor PCM BrakeSwitch CRITICAL Enabled Brake Switch PCM Opstation CRITICAL Enabled Opstation PCM LostComms CRITICAL Enabled Lost Comms PCM ContactorFeedback CRITICAL Enabled Contactor Feedback PCM SpeedFeedback CRITICAL Enabled Speed Feedback PCM AmbientTemp CRITICAL Enabled Ambient Temp PCM MotorOvertemp CRITICAL Enabled Motor Overtemp PCM CurrentLimit CRITICAL Enabled Current Limit PCM Trip1SReserved CRITICAL Enabled Trip 19 Reserved 24V Failure CRITICAL Enabled 24V Failure PCM Q Disable
173. lating properly AC Surge Suppression Fuse Fault VR1 4 shorted F8 10 blown fuse indicator open Failure Annunciated Continue running ANALOG INPUT ERR Analog input is in 4 20mA mode current has been detected to be over 22mA Short circuit of the analog input circuit Disable output manual reset reqd Maintenance reqd APP ERROR The application has ceased execution due to an error FirstTrip 51 Disable output manual reset reqd Maintenance reqd APP HALTED The application has been halted by the DSE configuration tool FirstTrip 50 Disable output manual reset reqd Maintenance reqd Aux Power CB Area Ambient Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 gt 70 Inverter stops run cooling system Autorestart when internal temp 65C Aux Power CB Area Ambient Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 gt 65 Warning Annunciated Aux Power Transformer Area Ambient Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 gt 70 Inverter stops run cooling system Autorestart when internal temp 65C Aux Power Transformer Area Ambient Temperature Warning Buffered 24VDC Supply Fault Cap Door Therminal Temperature Fault 7A1 7A15 Measured Temp lt 20 gt 65 Power supply present Measured Temp lt 40 gt 150 Warning Annunciated PLC to autorestart inverter and warning sent to SCADA when the 24V supply is regulating properly Inverter stops
174. leaner The enclosure should be examined for evidence of water seepage The top of the enclosure should be examined for evidence of water Check proper mechanical support and sealing of AC output chute Check conductor insulation for abrasion or cracks Examine chute joints for clean and tight connections Where seals and or gaskets are installed these should be examined and repaired or replaced as necessary All doors and access panels should be properly secured during operation Heater elements should be cleaned examined for damage and or deterioration and tested Repair or replace heater elements as necessary NOTE The use of compressed air is not recommended since this may cause foreign particles to become embedded in the insulation or damage insulators Any buildup of dirt or other contaminates that will not come off with vacuuming should be cleaned with lint free rags using cleaning solvents recommended by the manufacturer 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 5 6 Maintenance Obstruction of the ventilation Fan grills are to be cleaned of all dust and or dirt accumulations Fan blades should be cleaned of dirt and dust Ensure that ventilation openings are not obstructed NOTE n environments where there is an extreme exposure to adverse conditions the frequency of maintenance for enclosures should be increased as conditions warrant Figure 5 1 Typical Grid Tie Inverter Enclosure Condenser Air
175. llowing qualifications a Is trained and authorized to energize de energize clear ground and tag and equipment in accordance with established safety practices b Is trained in the proper care and use of protective equipment in accordance established safety practices Is trained in rendering first aid The circuit breakers are suited for operation in enclosed spaces not subject to operating conditions aggravated by dust caustic vapors or gases Circuit breakers installed in dusty or damp locations must be appropriately enclosed Conformity to Standards The circuit breaker frame and the trip units are in conformity with the standards UL 489 CSA C22 2 NMX J 266 ANCE 2002 The accessories are in conformity with the standards UL 489 NMX J 266 ANCE 2002 The molded case switches are in conformity with the standards UL 489 NMX J 266 ANCE 2002 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 33 WARNING Hazardous voltage Will cause death serious personal injury or equipment property damage A qualified personnel should work on this equipment after becoming thoroughly familiarwith all warnings safety notices and maintenance procedures contained herein and on the devices A qualified person is one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation of the electrical equipment and installations and has receved safety training o
176. load current 350mA for 10ms On resistance max 350 Leakage current 140A 0350V Isolation AC 3750V Reset State NC C Closed NO C Open Compliance UL Listing USL CNL E250818 CE EN61326 1 FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class A IEC 62053 22 0 296 Class ANSI C12 20 0 2 Accuracy ANSI IEEE C37 90 1 Surge Withstand ANSI C62 41 Burst IEC 1000 4 2 ESD IEC 1000 4 3 Radiated Immunity IEC 1000 4 4 Fast Transient IEC1000 4 5 Surge Immunity UL Listed CE Compliant Watthour 3600 Kh P Watt Not a scaled value pulse Kh See Section 6 4 for values 7151 o IR LED Light Pulses Through Faceplate 40ms 40ms LED LED LED LED OFF ON OFF ON KYZ Output Contact States Through Backplate Output Timing 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Accuracy For 23 C 3 Phase balanced Wye or Delta load at 50 or 60 Hz as per order 5A Class 10 nominal unit Parameter Accuracy Accuracy Input Range Voltage L N V Voltage L L V Current Phase A Current Neutral calculated A Active Power Total W Active Energy Total Wh Reactive Power Total VAR Reactive Energy Total VARh Apparent Power Total VA 0 1 of reading 0 1 of reading 0 1 of reading 2 0 of Full Scale 0 2 of reading 0 2 of reading 0 2 of reading 0 2 of reading 0 2 of reading 69 to 480 V 120 to 600 V 0 15 to
177. loat32 Amps DC DC Voltage 17 40107 rPCMiDCLinkVolts float32 Volts DC DC Power 18 40109 rPLCqNotIimplemented float32 WwW Cabinet Temperature 19 40111 rPLCiTempInternalAmbient float32 deg C Heat Sink Temperature 20 40113 rPCMiHeatsinkTemp float32 deg C Transformer Temperature 21 40115 rPLCqNotlmplemented float32 deg C Other Temperature 22 40117 rPLCiTempR134aPumpinlet float32 deg C Enumerated value Operating state 23 40119 enum16 Operating state See Page B 12 Vendor specific operating state code 23 40120 890gt_QSMState enum16 Vendor specific operating state code Bitmask value Event fields 24 40121 dwPLCqNotlmplemented bitfield32 Bitmask value Event fields Reserved for future use 25 40123 dwPLCqNotlmplemented bitfield32 Reserved for future use Vendor defined events 26 40125 dwPLCqNotlmplemented bitfield32 Vendor defined events Vendor defined events 27 40127 dwPLCqNotlmplemented bitfield32 Vendor defined events Vendor defined events 28 40129 dwPLCqNotlmplemented bitfield32 Vendor defined events Vendor defined events 23 40131 dwPLCqNotlmplemented bitfield32 Vendor defined events Model Identifier 40133 120 uint16 Inverter Controls Nameplate Ratings Model Length 40134 26 uint16 Model Length Device Type 40135 82 enum16 4 PV 82 PV STOR Continuous power output capability 40136 2000 uint16 Ww Scale factor 40137 3 sunssf Continuous Volt Ampere capability 40138 2000 unit16 VA 890GTB Battery Inverte
178. loose connection 10 17 10F19 Blowing 10A2 Line sync module Short Circuit Overload Inverter would trip Voltage Surge i i 10F20 10F21 Blowing VR5 VR6 MOV DC Surge Suppression n grounding ere CHO OT MOV VR5 VR6 shorted would trip 10F24 10F25 Blowing Precharge Protection Precharge Circuit Short Circuit Overload 10F8 10F10 Blowing VR1 MOVs AC Surge Suppression 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 6 Troubleshooting Component Failure EPO Safety Monitoring Relay EPO Tripped 54 Depressed Reset EPO Access Panel Door Open System will not start up HMI Fault Annunciated SEE HMI FAULT TABLE page 4 xx Control Power Contactor Component Failure Operate S3 manually to run equipment Precharge connection to DC connector failure component bus failure PLC A5 Module 5 DCPC Contactor Component Failure Bus does not Precharge Digital Output 1 Low Program Issue Cannot Start 10R1 10R2 Precharge Resistor component failure open Heater fails to come on or Fuse failure signal contactor Heater doesn t heat effectively failure heater element failure PLC A5 Module 5 Unable to manage condensation System takes longer than Digital Output 18 Heater never comes on Component Failure normal to start up K3 Failure Program Issue Pump Controller 12A2 Fans on during heat cycle Loss of efficiency shorten fan life DCPC Precharge Contactor High resistance terminals Precharge
179. loves provide protection up to 1000 volts and are constructed of rubber blends e Class 1 Gloves provide protection up to 7500 volts and are constructed of rubber blends e Class 2 Gloves provide protection up to 17 000 volts and are constructed of rubber blends e Arc Flash Fire Resistant Gloves are not electrically insulated They are rated in Cal cm ratings of 12 20 36 40 51 Cal cm They are constructed of Indura e Leather gloves are not electrically insulated They protect Electrical insulating gloves from damage due to abrasions puncture INSPECTION e eyewear does not have cracks hardening discoloration rips cuts tears pin holes or microbial growth bad odor emanating from the glove 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 6 12 Personal Protective Equipment L Footwear must be ANSI 241 compliant Hard Toe Boots protect against injury from falling rolling or lacerating objects The hard toes are constructed of metal or acrylics The boot material is available in leather synthetic leather chemical resistant material or cut resistant materials such as Kevlar INSPECTION The footwear does not have cracks hardening discoloration rips cuts tears holes or microbial growth bad odor emanating from the footwear Mf Class 1 Nomex Underwear Class 2 Indura Underwear Arc Flash Undergarments Arc Flash Undergarments are available but not specifically required Underg
180. lter Busbar Temperature Warning 6A10 09 xHMIqWarnTempFltrBusBar6A10 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Filter Busbar Temperature Warning 6A11 10 xHMIqWarnTempFltrBusBar6A11 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Filter Busbar Temperature Warning 6A12 xHMIqWarnTempFltrBusBar6A12 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Filter Busbar Temperature Warning 6A13 12 xHMIqWarnTempFltrBusBar6A13 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Filter Busbar Temperature Warning 6A14 13 xHMIqWarnTempFltrBusBar6A14 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Filter Busbar Temperature Warning 6A15 14 xHMIqWarnTempFltrBusBar6A15 Bool Maintained 1 Warning 15 Bool Filter Busbar Temperature Fault 6A1 00 xHMIqFaultTempFltrBusBar6A1 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter Busbar Temperature Fault 6A2 01 xHMIqFaultTempFltrBusBar6A2 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter Busbar Temperature Fault 6A3 02 xHMIqFaultTempFltrBusBar6A3 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter Busbar Temperature Fault 6A4 03 xHMIqFaultTempFltrBusBar6A4 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter Busbar Temperature Fault 6 5 04 xHMIqFaultTempFltrBusBar6A5 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter Busbar Temperature Fault 6A6 05 xHMIqFaultTempFltrBusBar6A6 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter Busbar Temperature Fault 6A7 06 xHMIqFaultTempFltrBusBar6A7 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter Busbar Temperature Fault 6A8 07 xHMIqFaultTempFltrBusBar6A8 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter Busbar Temperature Fault 6A9 08 xHMIqFaultTempFltrBusBar6A9 Bool Maintained 1 Faul
181. maintain VAR characterization Calculation method for total apparent power 1 vector 2 arithmetic 40179 wsSSiClcTotVA enum16 1 Vector 2 Arithmetic Setpoint for maximum ramp rate as percentage of nominal maximum 40180 wSSiMaxRmpRte uint16 ramp rate This setting will limit the rate that watts delivery to the grid can increase or decrease in response to intermittent PV generation Setpoint for nominal frequency at the ECP 40181 wSSiECPNomHz uint16 Hz Identity of connected phase for single phase inverters 1 2 3 40182 wSSiConnPh 16 1 2 3 Scale factor for real power 40183 ISSIWMax SF sunssf Scale factor for voltage at the PCC 40184 issiVRef SF sunssf Scale factor for offset voltage 40185 iSSiVRefOfs_SF sunssf Scale factor for min max voltages 40186 ISSIVMinMax SF sunssf Scale factor for apparent power 40187 155 SF sunssf Scale factor for reactive power 40188 ISSIVArMax SF sunssf Scale factor for default ramp rate 40189 issiWGra SF sunssf Scale factor for minimum power factor 40190 ISSIPFMin SF sunssf Scale factor for maximum ramp percentage 40191 isSiMaxRmpRte SF sunssf Scale factor for nominal frequency 40192 iSSiECPNomHz SF sunssf Model Identifier 40193 122 uint16 Model Length 40194 44 uint16 PV inverter present available status Enumerated value 40195 wPLCqNotlmplemented bitfield16 Storage inverter present available s
182. manded Healthy Status from Evaporator Fans Healthy Status from Pump Controller Healthy Status from Fan Controllers loss or distortion of signal Component failure open Noise loss of signal component failure wiring failure component failure Component Failure Program Issue Failed Fan Controller 12A2 Failed Pump Controller MTD on 10A1 Failed Pump Controller 11A1 12A1 Troubleshooting 4 9 Inverter would trip Keep Running Failure Annunciated still achieve 9096 Keep Running Loss of cooling capacity Failure Annunciated Possible shutdown on Over Temp Keep Running Lower Ambient Temperature Shorten fan life Keep Running Failure Annunciated Possible Trip on Over Temperature Fault 4 1 0 Troubleshooting L f 24V LVRT P 10A1 Pump Controller Pump Control Component Failure Heatsink Temperature 11A1 Condenser Fan 1 Loss of 220VAC Supply Power High Controller condenser d kan DIM Component Failure p Keep Running Failure Annunciated Likely Trip on Over Temperature Fault Imminent 12A1 Cond Fan 1 Refrigerant Temp Condenser 2 Fan Control Condenser Fan Failure High Overheating Controller Loss of 24VDC Control Power 12A2 Pump Controller Cool Door Control Component Failure PLC A1 Module 1 TC Input 14 TC15 Thermocouple 10A 1 Inverter Analog Output 1 Condenser fan Speed low Condenser Inlet Temperature PLC A1 Module 1 TC Input 15 Conde
183. mon OV 2 24 VDC Output 24VDC 3 Tachometer Input 1 Pulse Tach 4 Analog Output 1 0 10 VDC e ci E oO 5 Analog Output 2 0 10 VDC 6 Analog Output 3 5VDC PWM open drain Function Signal 1 24VDCInput 24 2 3 OV 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Technical Specifications E 1 3 Note 10A Time Delay resettable PTC Pump setpoint OVDC if PLG6 4 0V PLG6 1 OPEN or Shorted or gt 67 C Fan setpoint voltage OVDC if PLG6 4 0V 10VDC if PLG6 4 24V Fan Setpoint PWM Note 20A Automotive type fuse 1 4 Technical Specifications Function Thermistor Thermistor common Digital Input 1 Digital Input 2 Common 24VDC Output Digital Output Analog Output 1 PLG 6 CON ODN PWN 9 Analog Output 2 Function 5 OV isolated SKT1 7 Common Signal 10 25 C 5 24 VDC on 0 7 VDC off OV 24VDC 24 VDC max open drain 0 10 VDC 0 10 VDC Signal 5V self powered Note 10kQ 25 C 2 191kQ 67 C Not Used Off disable pumps 1A fused resettable PTC ON Fault Coolant Temperature 0 10VDC for 0 to 100 C Condenser Speed Setpoint 1 0 VDC lt 30 C to 10 VDC gt 44 C Linear from 30 to 44 C Note 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Technical Specifications E 1 5 Grid Responses HVRT and LVRT As shipped the 890GT complies with UL1741 IEEE1547 requirements for Voltage Ride Thro
184. n the hazards involved This successful and safe operation of this equipment is depen dant on proper handling installation operation and mainte nance Case circuits with to be D 34 Associated Equipment Trip Unit ETU745 Mechanical RESET for bell alarm and remote trip Safety Lock Option Communications Test unit activated Overcurrent Alarm COMMUNICATIONS EXTENDED Trip Unit Error Indication Trip Cause Indication Rating Plug Protective Settings 4 2 t lcw Protective Settings Isa Ground Fault Module Option Test Button Clear Button Query Button Test Connection Protective functions Overload protection L tripping page 9 22 Short time delay short circuit tripping S tripping page 9 22 Instantaneous short circuit tripping I tripping page 9 23 Ground fault tripping G tripping page 9 24 Neutral conductor protection N tripping page 9 24 Load monitoring load shed load restore page 9 25 Leading signal for L tripping page 9 25 Switching on off thermal memory page 9 25 Ground fault protection modules page 9 68 The trip cause is stored internally for at least two days if the trip unit had been activated for at least 10 min before tripping For unlimited time with auxiliary power 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 35 Overload protection L tripping The current
185. ncorporating Bellville washers during the first year of operation connection torque should be checked quarterly then annually in subsequent years Connections should be re torqued every 3 5 years Control Transformers After de energizing and grounding the transformer clean all coils connections and insulators of loose dust or dirt deposits with a vacuum cleaner Examine the transformer for signs of overheating deterioration arcing loose or broken parts or other abnormal conditions Ensure all connections are tightened according to manufacturer s specifications Ensure that transformer vent openings of any enclosed type control transformer are free from dust dirt accumulations and obstruction NOTE Additional suggested testing includes an insulation resistance test and a winding resistance test These are non destructive tests which can be performed to track the condition of the insulation over time Detailed records should be maintained and analyzed to identify undesirable trends that may indicate the onset of an insulation failure Fuse blown indication mounting Switches still mounted securely Examine arrestor leads for damage and or deterioration Repair or replace as necessary 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Maintenance 5 1 1 GFI Test Requirements Verify ground connection Measure the resistance between ground and neutral should be greater than 1 megohm TestGFl op
186. nd conductors and interfere with proper circuit breaker operation Increased electrical resistance causes overheating of a connection Such overheating is indicated by discoloration of the breaker s molded case discoloration or flaking of external metal parts or melting or blistering of adjacent wire insulation Pitting or melting of connection surfaces is a sign of arcing due to a loose or otherwise poor connection See examples a If there is no evidence of looseness e g overheating do not disturb or tighten the connections b If there is evidence of overheating or arcing an investigation of the cause should be made and corrective steps taken If a circuit breaker with a cracked case or burn marks is found immediately take the circuit breaker out of service and replace it 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 44 Associated Equipment PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE From NEMA AB4 Under normal conditions properly applied molded case circuit breakers require maintenance only for verification of environmental conditions and that the correct enclosure type for those conditions is being used However when inspections determine an abnormal condition and indicate the possibility of damage it may be necessary to perform certain maintenance steps These steps cover the only maintenance that should be performed on molded case circuit breakers unless specifically authorized by the circuit breaker manufacturer ENVIR
187. nerable to potential malfunction are the fan motors and switches In event of motor or switch failure affected motor should be removed from unit and tested separately from the unit If the motor and or switches continue to malfunction then they will need to be replaced Mechanical Cleaning of the Heat Exchanger Blow down the fins with air only suitable for light dry and dusty deposits Cleaning with compressed air maximum pressure 6 bar minimum distance from fins 8 inches With light contamination and fibrous material mainly at the inlet of the fins clean with a soft brush or use an industrial vacuum cleaner WARNING When cleaning the unit it must be out of operation and all electrical power disconnected Hydraulic Cleaning of the Heat Exchanger For oil containing deposits it is acceptable to add detergent to the water Make sure not to deform the fins When using chemical substances make sure they do not attack the heat exchanger material and casing Rinse the heat exchanger and casing after treatment When cleaning with liquid or compressed air the fans must be switched off and do not spray them directly Cleaning must be continued until all contamination has been removed Always clean spray in the direction of the fins Never clean at 90 to the fins WARNING When cleaning the unit it must be out of operation and all electrical power disconnected 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01
188. net IP Cu DNP3 Cu EtherCAT Cu Modbus TCP Cu CanOpen PROFIBUS Ethernet IP Optical DNP3 Optical EtherCAT Optical Modbus TCP Optical Aux Power Internally Generated External 230V single phase External 400 460Vac 3 phase External 120 230V and 400 460Vac Build Standard UL IEC Custom Temperature Standard 20C to 55C Extended Range 40 to 55C Advanced Controls amp 1 0 Standard Standard w analog P Q Dynamic controls Custom Other Standard Custom 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 3 6 Operations PCS BATTERY STRING B90PXP GRID 220 1200 0 480VAC 50 60HZTV GJ 8903 METER INDUSTRIAL PC USB WIN XP PRO REM ACCESS LCD TOUCHSCREEN 515151 3 c lt efl elele 4 z amp amp amp lt LOCAL MBTCP CONTROLLER SWITCH 1 0 1 0 UNMANAGED ASTER STATE MACHINE I HARDWIRED ETHERNET Cu ETHERNET FIBER REMOTE _ ETHERNET Cu Figure 3 2 Network One Line 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 UPS SUPPLY 1 PH 750 50 60 HZ 120 230 12 8 eR E Em 1 I I I I mor TS 10 5 10A 24 24 0 PWR PWR suP SUP 5A 2
189. nser Outlet Temperature TC16 Thermocouple Component Failure Refrigerant Temperature 10A1 Pump Controller Condenser Fan Speed Connection Failure Keep Running Failure Annunciated Possible Trip on Over High Overheating Physical Connection Failed Temperature Fault Program Issue 1 Inverter Condenser 1 Fan Control Digital Input 3 Low verter Evaporator Fan Control Digital Input 4 Low 1089 Inverter Condenser 2 Fan Control Digital Input 5 Low 12At C naens r Fan l Condenser 2 Fan Control Controller 14 1 congener Fan 2 Condenser 2 Fan Control Controller 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 1 1 Pump Controller 12A2 Cool Door i 11A1 Ambient Temperature Fan Controller Component Failure High Overheating 12A1 Fan Controller Component Failure Failure Annunciated Heater Enable ON all the time Inverter woutditrip Component Failure Keep Running Clipping sooner Welded Contacts Trip on Over Temperature Fault Component Failure Logic does not execute properly Program Issue Intermittent Signal System may not Shut Down Depending on exact nature of Component Failure PLC A5 Module 5 Digital Output 18 Enclosure Heater Remains ON all the time Heater Contactor K3 PLC A5 Module 6 Enclosure Heater Digital Output 18 Intermittent Heater Contactor K3 051 052 Service Lights Customer cannot operate Service Light Switch Keep Running Would not know th
190. nt16 V Offset from PCC to inverter 40165 wSSiVRefOfs int16 V Setpoint for maximum voltage 40166 wSSiVMax uint16 V Setpoint for minimum voltage 40167 wSSiVMin uint16 V Setpoint for maximum apparent power Default to VARtg 40168 wSSiVAMax uint16 VA Setting for maximum reactive power in quadrant 1 40169 issiVArMaxQ1 int16 VAr Default to VArRtgQ1 Setting for maximum reactive power in quadrant 2 40170 issiVArMaxQ2 int16 VAr Default to VArRtgQ2 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Programming B 9 1 0 Programming Setting for maximum reactive power in quadrant 3 40171 issiVArMaxQ3 int16 VAr Default to VArRtgO3 Setting for maximum reactive power in quadrant 4 40172 155 4 int16 VAr Default to VArRtgQ4 Default ramp rate of change of active power due to command or 40173 wSSiWGra uint16 96 WMax min internal action Setpoint for minimum power factor value in quadrant 1 40174 issiPFMinQ1 int16 cos Default to PFRtgO1 Setpoint for minimum power factor value in quadrant 2 40175 isSsiPFMinQ2 int16 cos Default to PFRtgQ2 Setpoint for minimum power factor value in quadrant 3 40176 iSSiPFMinQ3 int16 cos Default to PFRtgO3 Setpoint for minimum power factor value in quadrant 4 40177 iSSiIPFMinQ4 int16 cos Default to PFRtgQ4 VAR action on change between charging and discharging 1 switch 40178 WSSiVArAct enum16 1 Switch 2 Maintain 2
191. ntACFItrU1 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter U2 Leg Current Fault 01 xPLCqFaultCurrentACFItrU2 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter V1 Leg Current Fault 02 xPLCqFaultCurrentACFItrV1 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter V2 Leg Current Fault 03 xPLCqFaultCurrentACFltrV2 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter W1 Leg Current Fault 04 xPLCqFaultCurrentACFItrw1 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter W2 Leg Current Fault 05 xPLCqFaultCurrentACFItrw2 Bool Maintained 1 Fault 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Programming B 2 1 890GT_ SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 Filter U1 Leg Current High Warning 00 xHMIqWarnCurrentFItrU1High Bool Maintained 1 Current High Filter U2 Leg Current High Warning 01 xHMIqWarnCurrentFltrU2High Bool Maintained 1 Current High Filter V1 Leg Current High Warning 02 xHMIqWarnCurrentFltrViHigh Bool Maintained 1 Current High Filter V2 Leg Current High Warning 03 xHMIqWarnCurrentFltrV2High Bool Maintained 1 Current High Filter W1 Leg Current High Warning 04 xHMIqWarnCurrentFltrWiHigh Bool Maintained 1 Current High Filter W2 Leg Current High Warning 05 xHMIqWarnCurrentFltrW2High Bool Maintained 1 Current High Filter U1 Leg Current Low Warning
192. ntained 1 Fault Reactor V1 Temperature Fault 01 xHMIqFaultTempLCChokeV1 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Reactor W1 Temperature Fault 02 xHMIqFaultTempLCChokeW1 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Reactor U2 Temperature Fault 03 xHMIqFaultTempLCChokeU2 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Reactor V2 Temperature Fault 04 xHMIqFaultTempLCChokeV2 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Reactor W2 Temperature Fault 05 xHMIqFaultTempLCChokeW2 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Reactor U3 Temperature Fault 06 xHMIqFaultTempLCChokeU3 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Reactor V3 Temperature Fault 07 xHMIqFaultTempLCChokeV3 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Reactor W3 Temperature Fault 08 xHMIqFaultTempLCChokeW3 Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Power Supply Area Temperature Fault 09 xHMIqFaultTempDCSupply Bool Maintained 1 Fault Internal Ambient Temperature Fault 10 xHMIqFaultTempinternalAmbient Bool Maintained 1 Fault External Ambient Temperature Fault 11 xHMIqFaultTempExternalAmbient Bool Maintained 1 Fault Aux Power CB Area Temperature Fault 12 xHMIqFaultTempAuxPwrAmbient Bool Maintained 1 Fault Aux Power Transformer Area Temperature Fault 13 xHMIgFaultTempAuxPwrXfrmrAmbient Bool Maintained 1 Fault Condenser Inlet Temperature Fault 14 xHMIqFaultTempR134Cndinlet Bool Maintained 1 Fault Condenser Outlet Temperature Fault 15 xHMIqFaultTempR134CndOutlet Bool Maintained 1 Fault Boolean Word 8 40289 bitfield32 Bitwise Filter U1 Leg Current Fault 00 xPLCqFaultCurre
193. nual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Safety 1 1 3 Lifting Precautions GTB Inverter Lifting Instructions The GTB Inverter Enclosure can be positioned using either a fork lift or crane The fork lift tubes along any side of the enclosure can be used if positioning by a fork lift The fork lift tubes with a lifting bar and a spreader bar above the container can be used if positioning by a crane Fork lift tubes Fork lift tubes Fork lift tubes Figure 1 4 Fork Lift Tube location on a 2MW Battery Inverter Enclosure Figure 1 5 Lift Rigging for 2MW Battery Inverter Enclosure using a crane 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 1 14 Safety DANGER Extreme Arc Flash Hazard DO NOT WORK ON WHILE ENERGIZED 5 00 cal cm Minimum Flash Hazard Working Distance 18 Arc Flash Boundary 45 1000 VDC Shock Hazard when Cover is Removed PPE Required 120 Limited Approach Boundary 12 Restricted Approach Boundary 2 i Prohibited Approach Boundary Min 8 cal cm Equipment Battery Inverter Enclosure Access 5 Date 12 16 2013 Figure 1 6 Example Arc Flash Label NFPA 70E 2012 requires warning labels that display the following information Nominal System Voltage Arc Flash Boundary and at least one of the following Available Incident Energy and the Corresponding Working Distance Minimum Arc Rating of Clothing Minimum PPE or Highest HRC of the Equ
194. ocol The available protocols are Modbus RTU ASCII or DNP 3 0 The second form of the meter is the Shark 200 INP10 This meter provides similar communication capability but communicates over a 10 100BaseT Modbus TCP Ethernet connection The third form of the meter is the Shark 200B This unit adds the capability of communicating over BACnet IP This allows the meter to act as a BACnet server and to transfer data to a BACnet client over an IP architecture This meter also provides a basic web interface and a Modbus TCP connection 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 24 Associated Equipment The basic Shark 200 meter provides two independent Communication ports The first port Com 1 is an optical IrDA port The second port Com 2 provides RS485 communication speaking Modbus ASCII Modbus RTU and DNP 3 0 V 3 and V 4 protocols The Shark 100B meter and Shark 100 with the INP10 option have an RJ45 port instead of an RS485 port see Section 5 3 The Shark 50 meter has the RS485 port as an option but no IrDA port RS485 KYZ Port Specifications RS485 RS485 Transceiver Meets or exceeds EIA TIA 485 Standard Type Two wire half duplex Min Input Impedance 96k Max Output Current 60mA Wh Pulse KYZ output contacts Pulse Width 40ms Full Scale Frequency 6Hz Contact type Solid State SPDT NO NC Relay type Solid state Peak switching voltage DC 350V Continuous load current 120mA Peak
195. of circuit when used with the automatic mechanical reset of the reclosing lockout Mounting Position Weight Per Hour mS Kg Ib Frame Size Frame Size Il Frame Size III 800 1200 800 1200 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 39 86 56 124 59 130 64 141 82 181 For more in depth information refer to the SIEMENS circuit breaker Operator Manual 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 43 INSPECTION PROCEDURES From NEMA AB4 Examine the circuit breaker surfaces for the presence of dust dirt soot grease or moisture If such contamination is found the surfaces should be cleaned Refer to NEMA ABA 5 2 2 1 for cleaning and precautionary instructions Examine the breaker s molded case for cracks The integrity of the molded case is important in withstanding the stresses imposed during short circuit interruptions Breakers should be replaced if cracks are found See examples If a circuit breaker with a cracked case or burn marks is found immediately take the circuit breaker out of service and replace it Verify that the conductors are of the correct size and type for the application Visually check all electrical connections to the circuit breaker to be certain that such connections are clean and secure Loose or contaminated connections increase electrical resistance which can damage insulation a
196. of VArAval 40256 iSSiVArAvalPct int16 Time window for VAR limit change 40257 wsSSiVArPct_WinTms uint16 S Timeout period for VAR limit 40258 wSSiVArPct RvrtTms uint16 S Ramp time for moving from current setpoint to new setpoint 40259 WSSiVArPct RmpTms uint16 S Enumerated value VAR percent limit mode 40260 wSSiVArPct Mod enum16 Enumerated valued Percent limit VAr enable disable control 40261 WSSiVArPct enum16 1 enabled 0 disabled Scale factor for power output percent 40262 0 sunssf Scale factor for power factor 40263 3 sunssf Scale factor for reactive power percent 40264 0 sunssf 40119 Enumerated value Operating States See Page B 8 40120 890GT QSM State Vendor specific code See Page B 8 Value Label Description Value Label Description 1 Off Device is not operating 1 Boot Device is Booting 2 Sleeping Device is sleeping auto shutdown Initialize Device is Initializing 3 Starting Device is staring up 3 EngDev Device in Engineering Development Mode 4 MPPT Device is auto tracking maximum power point 4 Off Device is Off 5 Throttled Device is operating at reduced power output 5 DCPC Device is DC Precharging 6 Shutting down Device is shutting down 6 DCConnect Device is DC Connecting 7 Fault One or more faults exist 7 ACConnect Device is AC Connecting 8 Standby Device is in standby mode 8 Online Local Device is online in local mode
197. of their circuit breakers The AB 4 Standards Publication is not intended nor is it adequate to verify proper electrical performance of a molded case circuit breaker that has been disassembled modified rebuilt refurbished or handled in any manner not intended or authorized by the original circuit breaker manufacturer The following non destructive tests may be used to verify specific operational characteristics of molded case breakers mechanical operation test insulation resistance test individual pole resistance test millivolt drop test inverse time overcurrent trip test instantaneous overcurrent trip test and rated hold in test MECHANICAL OPERATION TESTS INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST INDIVIDUAL POLE RESISTANCE TEST MILLIVOLT DROP INVERSE TIME OVER CURRENT TRIP TEST 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Technical Specifications E 1 Technical Specifications Specifications Electrical Ratings Earthing Safety Details Cooling Fans Analog Inputs Outputs Digital Inputs Digital Outputs Relay Outputs Reference Outputs User 24V Supply Grid Responses Connector Torque Requirements 99 9 9 99 9 9 9 9 9 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 2 Technical Specifications Specifications Units 890GTB 1200 890GTB 1450 890GTB 1800 890GTB 2200 Input DC Bus Voltage nominal Volts DC 730 1000 730 1000 Input DC Bus Voltage max Volts DC 800 1200 800 1200 DC Overcurren
198. oil surface area but does not involve more than 30 percent of the coil surface This level of damage is more difficult to address and will require a minimum response of straightening the fins Coils with a moderate level of damage may not readily be restored to optimum air flow conditions Moderately damaged coils may require 30 minutes or more per square foot of damaged coil surface area to straighten the fins o Severe damage is defined as indentations in the coil surface that are from inch to 3 8 inch deep The damage will cover 30 percent or more of the coil surface area This degree of damage cannot be ignored and will eventually lead to equipment failure if not properly addressed Because of the nature of severe damage it is far more difficult to straighten the fins but it may still be possible to do so However it is a very labor intensive project Allow 40 minutes to an hour per square foot of damaged coil surface area to straighten the fins This level of damage may also involve damage to the refrigerant tubing in the coil In some cases it may be a better choice to replace the condenser coil rather than attempting to repair it Maler p Figure 5 13 Condenser Evaporator Fin Repair Tools L R FST for 8 10 12 14 Fins per Inch FST2 for 16 18 20 22 Fins per Inch Straight nose Pliers 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Maintenance 5 27 Fan Motors and Repair Switches Theonly electrical components vul
199. oke W3 Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 gt 135 Warning Annunciated LC Filter Contactor Failed To Close 5 5 DI3 Command State and AUX confirmation do not Disable output manual reset required LC Filter Contactor Failed To Open 5 25 DO DO25 yet Maintenance required Warning Annunciated Heater is activated regardless of interior ambient temperature in an attempt to bring the relative humidity down SQL Connection Issue Data logging has been unexpectedly interrupted A SQL Express configuration error data base deletion table deletion etc has occurred 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 The InteractX runtime cannot connect to the SQL db Troubleshooting 4 23 4 20 DI 0116 55 4 21 DI 0117 4 22 DI 0118 SERVICE LIGHTS 4 23 DI 0119 RESET 4 31 DI 0124 INVERTER RUNNING 4 32 DI DI226 INGRESS DETECTION 5 17 DO DO14 PUMP SPEED DEMAND BIT O 5 18 DO DO15 PUMP SPEED DEMAND BIT 1 5 24 DO DO19 BREAKER OPEN 5 25 DO DO20 BREAKER CLOSED 5 26 DO 0022 FORCE ON lamp 5 27 DO 0023 INVERTER RUN COMMAND 5 30 DO DO24 EPO FAULT RESET 5 32 DO DO26 PCS SDC ALARM 5 33 DO DO27 PCS SDC SPARE 5 34 DO DO28 PCS SDC SPARE 5 35 DO DO29 PCS SDC SPARE 5 36 DO 0030 NON LVRT 24VDC OK 5 37 DO DO31 220V POWER HMI 890GTB Battery Inv
200. onal Protective Equipment OSHA s Permissible Noise Exposure Hours Exposure 8 0 hours 6 0 hours 4 0 hours 3 0 hours 2 0 hours 1 5 hours 1 0 hours 30 minutes 15 minutes Posting Requirements 1 All areas and equipment requiring the use of PPE devices shall be posted with a sign indicating this requirement Note The warning signs on the enclosure should be inspected at each visit to ensure that the warning signs have not become illegible 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Personal Protective Equipment 6 7 OSHA Personal Protective Equipment Policy amp Procedure 1910 0132 0136 Personal Protective Equipment or PPE must be provided used and maintained in a sanitary and reliable condition when there is a reasonable probability of injury or illness that can be prevented by such protection PPE includes protection for eyes face head and extremities protective clothing respiratory devices protective shields and barriers When employees provide their own PPE the employer is responsible to assure its adequacy All personal protective equipment shall be of safe design and construction for the work to be performed See ANSI 2133 as well as the other ANSI standards it references for details The employer has to assess the workplace including the shop to determine if hazards are present or are likely to be present which necessitate the use of personal protective equipment PPE If such ha
201. onitored by integral temperature sensors The three phase outputs of the phase inductors are connected in parallel if more than one phase module with each other the output capacitor filter and then connected to the low voltage winding of the isolation transformer The output capacitor filter is provided with contactor control the contactor is opened by the PLC when the Inverter is in standby mode Filter current is monitored by a current transducer on each phase The inverter side connection of the isolation transformer is protected by a 3000 amp three pole circuit breaker The high voltage windings of an isolation transformer are connected to the grid The isolation transformer may have temperature pressure and oil level sensors Auxiliary Power Multiple options are available for auxiliary power supply to the 890GTB Please consult factory for specific Di D2 D needs Typical configurations include self generated auxiliary supply or a single phase UPS Feed Figure 3 7 LA473303U002 120 230vac and a 3 phase aux power feed 380 480vac to provide power for operation of the PLC cooling condenser blower assemblies HMI and other functions within the Battery Inverter Enclosure The single phase input is protected by a 6 amp motor overload switch with branch protection for all sub circuits The 3 phase auxiliary supply is protected by a 30 amp circuit breaker Branch protection for the UPS and auxiliary power for al
202. ontrol Still able to communicate over SCADA or laptop A5 LCD Touchscreen does not wake sleep HMI not suspending A10 Digital Interface Board HMI not waking A10 Digital Interface Assy 513 Force On Component Failure No Local Control Still able to communicate over SCADA or laptop A5 LCD Touchscreen Annunciated Fault SEE HMI FAULT TABLE page 4 41 A7 Ethernet Switch Failure A7 Loss of Communications Component Failure Lose SCADA Communication Still have local communication to Inverter Controlled Shutdown after customer defined period 10A 1 890GT Inverter SEE INVERTER FAULT TABLE page A 18 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 1 5 11A1 Failure Condenser Fan Loss of power to controller Controller 1 11B1 Condenser 1 Fan Fan does not turn 12A1 Failure Loss of power to controller Controller 2 12B1 Condenser 2 Fan Fan does not turn 12A2 Failure Cool Door Controller Loss of power to controller 1281 1282 1283 1284 Cool Door Fans Fan does not turn Component Failure Short circuit Overload Fan Failure Loss of Airflow Loss of power Loss of cooling capacity Clipping sooner Trip on Over Temperature Fault No internal cooling or mixing Loss of cooling capacity 12RT1 Cool Door Thermistor Out of Bounds Temperature Reported Component Failure
203. ooling system Condenser Outlet Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 C gt 70 p 1 17 TC16 Autorestart when internal temp 65C Condenser Outlet Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 gt 65 Warning Annunciated DC Contactor Failed To Close Command State and AUX confirmation do not Warning Annunciated indicating which DC DC Cont r Failed T n agree contactor will not close Contactor Failed To Ope i o Inverter stops run cooling system i Measured Temp lt 40 gt 100 DC Panel 1 Therminal Temperature Fault 4A1 4418 16 Thermite Autorestart when intermalitemp 2656 17 Index DC Panel 1 Therminal Temperature Warning 4A1 4418 Measured Temp lt 20 C gt 90 C Warning Annunciated DC Precharge Contactor Failed To Close DCPC Command and AUX do not agree 5 2 DO DO1 Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required DC Precharge Contactor Failed To Close DCPC Command and AUX do not agree 5 3 DO DO2 Inverter stops run cooling system i 1 11 TC TC10 M d Temp lt 40C gt 70C DC Supply Area Ambient Temperature Fault easured Temp I 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 20 Troubleshooting FAULT MESSAGE SLOT POINT TYPE NAME MEANING DESCRIPTION DC Su
204. ore reassembling CAUTION when performing this procedure extreme care should be exercised to prevent any damage to plated connections or mechanical disturbance to the circuit breaker and to prevent any particles from entering the breaker If the damage is extensive or cannot be corrected by dressing the surfaces the damaged parts should be replaced if they are intended by the manufacturer to be replaceable If the damaged parts are not intended to be replaceable the complete breaker and or bus connections should be replaced Aluminum circuit breaker terminals and connecting straps wire connectors and bus bars cannot be cleaned or repaired and therefore must be replaced 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 45 If wire conductors are damaged the damaged lengths of the conductors should be cut off Before reinstalling the conductors inspect the wire connectors INTERCHANGEABLE TRIP UNITS If the circuit breaker has an interchangeable trip unit remove the circuit breaker cover and visually check the connections of the trip unit to the circuit breaker frame for evidence of overheating If there is no evidence of overheating or looseness do not disturb or tighten the connections If there is evidence of looseness overheating or arcing at any of the trip unit connections remove the trip unit and visually inspect the connecting surfaces If the connecting surfaces show evidence of overheating
205. ot place the arc chute vertically on the insulating walls but lay it on the side Turn out the screw of the angle Remove the angle Turn out the screw about 15 mm don t take it out FS III and FS II C class turn out the screw completely Push the cover back FS III and FS II C class lift the cover carefully Remove the cover Take out the arc chute Push the intermediate unit back and remove it Visual inspection In the case of heavy wear burnout on arc splitter plates replace the arc chutes 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Installing arc chutes Frame size I Il PH2 Install intermediate unit Shift intermediate unit Insert arc chute push cover back if necessary Install the cover Hook the cover carefully Tighten the screw Install the angle Tighten the screw 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 39 Frame size and C class Interrupting class Frame size Catalog No S H L l S L Il Il L WLARC1UL WLARC2UL WLARC2ULC WLARC3UL WLARCC3UL D 40 Associated Equipment Checking contact erosion 0071 1 F 1 Indicator pin 2 Indicator pin is visible 3 Indicator pin is not visible
206. ough equipment that is calibrated at planned intervals by comparison to certified standards Power and Power Measurement User Guide Chapter 1 Meter Overview User Guide Chapter 2 Mechanical installation User Guide Chapter 3 Electrical installation User Guide Chapter 4 Comms installation and setup User Guide Chapter 5 Using the Shark 200 Meter User Guide Chapter 6 Shark 200 Meter Navigation Maps User Guide Appendix A Power Meter Shark 200T Electro Industries GaugeTech Communicator EXT Software User Manual Doc E107707 Connection Communicator EXT User Manual Chapter 2 Configuration Communicator EXT User Manual Chapter 5 Firmware Communicator EXT User Manual Chapter 13 Monitoring Communicator EXT User Manual Chapter 7 IP Address 192 168 1 50 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 20 Associated Equipment Overview The Shark 200 monitor is a multifunction power meter designed to be used in electrical substations panel boards and as a power meter for OEM equipment The unit provides multifunction measurement of all electrical parameters The unit is designed with advanced measurement capabilities allowing it to achieve high performance accuracy The Shark 200 meter is specified as a 0 296 class energy meter for billing applications as well as a highly accurate panel indication meter The Shark 200 meter provides a host of additional capabilities including either standard RS485
207. ove all modules and inspect cooling connections Replace damaged O ring perform Cleaning O ring Procedure Chapter 5 Look for oil spots to help identify leak locations No Coolant Are O rings missing rough or damaged Was protective cap left when module installed Repair damaged coolant line or heat exchanger coil Was leak detected Troubleshooting chart GO TO Quick Checks Coolant present do quick checks P 4 37 Factory eee Call Pacte B Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 39 Heatsink Trip A Heatsink trip is caused when one module reports a fault It does not report which module is faulty Quick Checks Quick Checks S Laos Mee uo Is 24V DC present at PLG5 1 2 See HB473000 Sheet 11 Yes Is the 30A supply fuse good Yes Is the fuse blowing very often Yes Are modules fully inserted into the rack No mounting screws must bottom out GO TO Check Condenser No restriction caused by poorly inserted module check condenser p4 38 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 40 Troubleshooting Heatsink Trip Check Condenser Are fans spinning freely and unrestricted GO TO Air Flow A Heatsink trip is caused when one module reports a fault It does not report which module is faulty Is power getting to the fan Yes Is anything hitting the fan No Manually run the fan Does it spin Yes
208. peed Demand Bit 1 5 20 DO DO16 Spare 5 21 DO DO17 Spare 5 22 DO DO18 Heater on K3 5 23 DO DO19 BREAKER OPEN 5 24 DO DO20 BREAKER CLOSE 5 25 DO DO21 Spare 5 26 DO DO22 FORCE HMI ON lamp 5 27 DO DO23 INVERTER RUN COMMAND 5 30 DO DO24 EPO FAULT RESET 5 31 DO DO25 AC FILTER CONTACTOR 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 29 4 30 Troubleshooting 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 31 Thermistor Card Temperature Strings Thermistor Cards 4A1 4A18 4A1 4A2 4A3 4 4 4 5 4A6 4A14 4A13 4A12 4 11 4A7 4A8 4A9 4A10 4A15 4A16 4 17 4 18 Figure 4 2 DC Input Thermistor Cards 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 32 Troubleshooting Thermistor Cards 5A1 5A6 and 6A1 6A15 5A3 5A2 5A1 5A6 5A5 5 4 2 Figure 4 3 MCB Thermistor Cards Figure 4 4 Filter Thermistor Cards 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 33 Thermistor Cards 7A1 7A15 and 8A1 8A11 Figure 4 5 Cap Door Thermistor Cards Figure 4 6 Inverter Thermistor Cards 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 34 Troubleshooting Inverter Keypad Faults See Appendix A Page A 18 for the Keypad Fault List 0 OK 31 Unknown 62 Ref Encoder Fail Erro
209. plnvBusBar8A5 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Warning 8A6 05 xHMIqWarnTemplnvBusBar8A6 Bool Maintained 1 Warning 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 28 Programming 890GT SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Warning 8A7 06 xHMIqWarnTemplnvBusBar8A7 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Warning 8A8 07 xHMIqWarnTemplnvBusBar8A8 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Warning 8A9 08 xHMIqWarnTemplnvBusBar8A9 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Warning 8A10 09 xHMIqWarnTemplnvBusBar8A10 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Warning 8A11 10 xHMIqWarnTemplnvBusBar8A11 Bool Maintained 1 Warning 11 12 Bool 13 Bool 14 Bool 15 Bool Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Fault 8A1 00 xHMIqFaultTempinvBusBar8A1 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Fault 8A2 01 xHMIqFaultTempinvBusBar8A2 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Fault 8A3 02 xHMIqFaultTempinvBusBar8A3 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Inverter Stack Busbar Temperature Fault 8A4 03 xHMIqFaultTempinvBusBar8A4 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Inverter Stack
210. ponents are not broken e The helmet has not sustained damage from an impact poor treatment or excessive use e The shell is not dented cracked or broken e The shell has not been damaged by high temperature e The shell has not been degraded by UV light white chalky substance on the surface of the shell 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Personal Protective Equipment 6 9 Hearing must be ANSI Z87 compliant e Ear Plugs and Ear Muffs individually protect against noise level of 28 30 dB e For greater levels of protection Ear Plugs and Ear Muffs can be worn in conjunction to protect against higher noise levels INSPECTION e Ear plugs do not have cracks hardening discoloration rips cuts tears holes or microbial growth bad odor emanating from the Ear Plugs T Eyewear must be ANSI Z87 compliant e Safety Glasses and Goggles protect against moving particles and objects Polycarbonate Face Shields protect against moving particles and objects Polycarbonate Face Shields with a reflective coating protect against moving particles and objects and against radiant energy UV light and heat Arc Flash Category 2 Face Shield with a reflective coating is designed to attach to a standard hardhat and protects against moving particles and objects and against radiant energy at a rating of 8 Cal cm INSPECTION The eyewear does not have broken or damaged components e eyewear does not have el
211. pply Area Ambient Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 gt 65 Warning Annunciated DC Surge Suppression Fuse Fault 3 35 DI DI29 v olowo Failure Annunciated Continue running a si iiis EPO Switch Open Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required EPO Relay Activated 5 3n FORME Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required External Ambient Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 C gt 70 C pe OPE de em Autorestart when internal temp lt 65 External Ambient Temperature Warning 5 B E Measured Temp lt 20 gt 65 Warning Annunciated External Temp Requires Inverter De Rate Measured Temp gt 55 Inverter power output de rated Filter Busbar Therminal Temperature Fault 6A1 6A15 5 10 Thermister Measured Temp lt 40 gt 100 C ae Filter Busbar Therminal Temperature Warning 6 1 6 15 a Measured Temp lt 20 gt 90 C Warning Annunciated Filter U1 Current High Fault Filter Current High Inverter Stops Filter U1 Current High Warning 2 1 Al ANO Filter Current High Warning Annunciated Filter U1 Current Low Warning Filter Current Low Warning Annunciated Filter U2 Current High Fault Filter Current High Inverter Stops Filter U2 Current High Warning 2 2 Al AN1 Filter Current High Warning Annunciated Filter U2 Current Low Warning Filter Current Low Warning Annunciated Filter V1 Current High Fault Filter Current High Inverter Stops
212. presented as a block diagram consisting of function blocks and links Each function block contains the parameters required for setting up particular processing feature Sometimes more than one instance of a function block is provided for a feature for example multiple digital inputs Software links are used to connect the function blocks Each link transfers the value of an output parameter to an input parameter of another or the same function block V5 1 TEMPLATE Each individual block is processing feature that is it takes the input parameter processes the information and makes the result available as one or more output parameters Ready Icorected io TBSOv1 ENET OX t 230500 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 B 4 Programming Programming Rules The following rules apply when programming e Function block output parameter values cannot be changed because they are a result of the processing in the function block e Function block input parameter values that receive their values from an internal link in the Block Diagram cannot be changed as they will change back to the value they receive from the link when the inverter is running Function Block Descriptions For function block descriptions refer to Firmware Version 5 1 Manual HA473746U001 Section 3 Function Blocks Page Block Page Block Block 3 15 ANALOG INPUT 3 18 ANALOG OUTPUT 3 24
213. propriate workers maintained in a sanitary and reliable condition and used appropriately by workers as required 4 Defective or damaged PPE must be removed from service immediately Note The OSHA standard has a non mandatory Appendix B which contains example procedures for conducting a hazard assessment 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 6 4 Personal Protective Equipment Training Requirements 1 2 3 4 5 Each worker who is required to use PPE must be provided with training Training on PPE must include all of the following elements when PPE is necessary what PPE is necessary how to properly don doff adjust and wear PPE the limitations of the PPE Any testing requirements electrical PPE and the proper care maintenance useful life and disposal of the PPE Workers must demonstrate an understanding of the training and the ability to use PPE properly before being allowed to perform work requiring the use of PPE Workers must be retrained when there is reason to believe that they do not have the understanding or skill to use PPE properly Retraining must be conducted whenever changes in the workplace or changes in types of PPE make previous training obsolete NFPA 70E states that retraining is required in intervals not to exceed three years There must be written certification for each person who has received PPE training that includes the following a statement indicating the person understood
214. quency x x x other parameters offer Max and Min capability over the user selectable averaging x x period Voltage provides an instantaneous Max and Min reading which displays the Voltage Angles X highest surge and lowest sag seen by the meter Current Angles of Load Bar X Waveform Scope X Shark 200 Measured Values 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 22 Associated Equipment Specifications Mechanical Dimensions Height 4 85 x Width 4 85 x Depth 4 25 inches H 12 32 x W 12 32 x D 10 54 cm Mounting Mounts in 922mm square Weight 2 pounds 0 907kg ships in a 6 152 4mm cube container See page D 26 for Dimensions and Mounting Power Supply Range D2 Option Universal 90 to 265 VAC 850 60Hz or 100 to 370 VDC Power Consumption 5 10 VA 3 5 7 0 W Depending on Hardware Voltage Inputs Measurement Category III Range Universal Auto ranging up to 480 VAC L N 600 VAC L L Supported hookups 3 Element Wye 2 5 Element Wye 2 Element Delta 4 Wire Delta Input Impedance 1M Ohm Phase Burden 0 0144VA Phase at 120 Volts Pickup Voltage 20Vac Connection 7 Pin 0 400 Pluggable Terminal Block Input Wire Gauge AWG 12 26 0 129 3 31 mm Fault Withstand Meets IEEE C37 90 1 Reading Programmable Full Scale to any PT Ratio Current Inputs Class 10 Nominal 10 Maximum Class 2 1A Nominal 2A Maximum Burden 0 005VA per Phase Max at 11 Amps Pickup Current 0 196 of Nominal Connec
215. r e Thermistor input terminal 1 shorted e Thermistor input terminal 1 gt 67 C e Missing feedbacks on 3 PLG1 2 3 4 Pump Control Module The module communicates with the PCM via RS485 connection at SKT1 24 VDC connected to terminal PLG5 powers the module 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 1 2 Technical Specifications Pump Control Module Setup The mode switch SW1 must be set correctly for proper operation Replacement modules may not be set for your application The following table shows the typical modes and switch settings green ON PUMP MODULE NEEDS 1 AND 6 SET FOR GRID TIE INVERTER Note The mode switch is ON when the paddle is pushed down and OFF when it is up Mode CD Modules Pumps Switch Settings 12345678 F B Pump Spd Streets 1 6 1 2 45 8 2 6 0 2 9 1 1 45 8 2 7 5 3 6 2 213 5 8 3 6 0 4 9 2 1 3 5 8 3 7 5 Legacy tet 6 1 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 6 0 Grid Tie Set via GT 1 9 3 234 4 7 8 1 DINT E DIN 0 Switch Location 20A Supply Fuse Note Switch settings 1 and 2 set the Pump SP Set them to OFF OFF for the minimum setpoint 4 5A and ON ON for the maximum 104A 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Note Switch positions 3 4 determine the number of feedbacks Pump Control Module Terminal Definitions Function Signal 1 Com
216. r 1 Over Voltage 32 Other 63 Drive Config 2 Under Voltage 33 Max Speed Low 64 64 3 Overcurrent 34 Mains Volts Low 65 Custom Trip 1 4 Heatsink 35 Not at Speed 66 Custom Trip 2 5 External Trip 36 Mag Current Fail 67 Custom Trip 3 6 Input 1 Break 37 Negative Slip F 68 Custom Trip 4 7 Input 2 Break 38 TR Too Large 69 Custom Trip 5 8 Motor Stalled 39 TR Too Small 70 Custom Trip 6 amp Inverse Time 40 Max RPM Data Error 71 Custom Trip 7 10 Brake Resistor 41 Stack Trip 72 Current Balance 11 Brake Switch 42 Leakage L Timeout 73 System Volts 12 Opstation 43 Pwer Loss Stop 74 Left Fan 13 Lost Comms 44 Motor Turning Error 75 Right Fan 14 Contactor Feedback 45 Motor Stalled Error 76 CS Phase Loss 15 Speed Feedback 46 At Torque Limit Err 77 CS Temperature 16 Ambient Temp 47 Firewire ISR Timeout 78 CS Bridge 17 Motor Overtemp 48 Encoder Cal Error 79 Earth Fault 18 Current Limit 49 Output Gearbox Ratio Error 80 Stack Mismatch 19 Trip 19 Reserved 50 Appliction Not Running 81 CM Overtemp 20 24V Failure 51 Application Error 82 V Phase Missing 21 Low Speed Over 52 Firmware Error 83 W Phase Missing 22 Trip 22 Reserved 53 TRIP ENUM TRACKING ERROR 84 Temp Imbalance 23 Encoder 1 Fault 54 TRIP ENUM LOOP OVERSPEED 85 Sharing Fault 24 Desat Over I 55 TRIP ENUM HOME LIMIT SWITCH 86 PCM Comms Loss 25 VDC Ripple 56 TRIP ENUM HOME SOFT LIMIT 87 Ref Pump Board 26 Brake Short CCT 57 Resolver Error 88 Refrigerant Temp 27 Overspeed 58 I2T Motor Trip 89 Cooling
217. r about three seconds to display the parameter tag number The tag number is used for serial communications through the P3 port on the Inverter Action Description Comments Display Example can check any parameter Hold button for at least 3 seconds A Return to parameter value Resetting the Product Code 3 Button Reset This procedure may be required when replacing a control board or module The LEDs will flash when a new control board is installed and immediately go to this selection A 3 button reset allows the user to set the product code 890PX language future and default supply frequency Changing the frequency causes the frequency dependent parameters to use new factory default values If the product code choices do not match your target power board change parameter S9OPX to TRUE It is accessible from in the SYSTEM menu Then go back to the PRODUCT CODE parameter to select the correct value MPORTANT Other functions are available in this menu REFORMAT FLASH RESTART EXIT TO BOOT These are for internal Parker EGT use and should not be performed 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Inverter Keypad A 1 5 Action Description Comments Display During power up press and hold 000 Hold buttons for at least 2 seconds until the LEDs flash Press to change Use to scroll to product board selection If
218. r quarterly basis during the first year of operation and determine the frequency based on those inspections Before closing the Circuit Breaker after a short circuit breaking operation the condition of the contact system and arc flash chutes must be checked should be checked by the end of the first week and by the end of the first month then frequency can be reduced to annually In the first year of operation measurements should be recorded each quarter in subsequent years frequency may be reduced to Annual recording 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Maintenance 5 5 Preventative Maintenance NOTE The Annual Inspection is comprised of a complete Preventative Maintenance Inspection The 6 month Inspections are a subset of the annual inspection WARNING Inspections to be performed inside the enclosure can only be accomplished safely with AC utility disconnect switches open Battery disconnects open deenergized and Locked Out Tagged Out General state of the unit such as cleanliness and corrosion The enclosure is a sealed system as long as the doors and access panels remain closed However opening the enclosure for maintenance presents an opportunity for dirt or foreign material to enter the enclosure Ensure the enclosure access panels and doors are well maintained During de energized maintenance enclosures are to be cleaned of all loose dirt and debris using a vacuum c
219. r Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Scale factor 40139 3 sunssf Continuous VAR capability in quadrant 1 40140 2000 int16 VAr Continuous VAR capability in quadrant 2 40141 2000 int16 VAr Continuous VAR capability in quadrant 3 40142 2000 int16 VAr Continuous VAR capability in quadrant 4 40143 2000 int16 VAr Scale factor 40144 3 sunssf Maximum RMS AC current level capability 40145 2835 unit16 A Scale factor 40146 0 sunssf Minimum power factor capability in quadrant 1 40147 0 int16 cos Minimum power factor capability in quadrant 2 40148 1 int16 cos Minimum power factor capability in quadrant 3 40149 1 int16 cos Minimum power factor capability in quadrant 4 40150 0 int16 cos Scale factor 40151 0 sunssf Nominal energy rating of storage device 40152 500 uint16 Wh Scale factor 40153 3 sunssf The useable capacity of the battery 40154 wPLCqNotlmplemented uint16 AH Scale factor for amp hour rating 40155 0 sunssf Maximum rate of energy transfer into the storage device 40156 2000 uint16 Ww Scale factor 40157 3 sunssf Maximum rate of energy transfer out of the storage device 40158 2000 uint16 Ww Scale factor 40159 3 sunssf Pad register 40160 x8000 pad Model Identifier 40161 121 uint16 Model Length 40162 30 unit16 Setting for maximum power output Default to WRtg 40163 wSSiWMax uint16 Ww Voltage at the PCC 40164 wsSSiVRef ui
220. rFansHealthy Bool Maintained 1 Fan Controller Healthy 1 Inverter In Local Control via Remote Local Sequence 13 xPCMiLocalSequence Bool Maintained Keypad Heating Active 14 xInviHeatingActive Bool Maintained 1 Heating Active Watchdog 15 xPCMiWatchdog Bool Pulse Train Pulse Train 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 30 Programming 890GT SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units Condenser Fan 1 Run Command Out 00 xInviCondenserFaniRunOut Bool Maintained 1 Fan Commended To Run Condenser Fan 2 Run Command Out 01 xInviCondenserFan2RunOut Bool Maintained 1 Fan Commended To Run 15VDC Supply Status 02 xInvi 15VDCSupplyOK Bool Maintained 1 Supply OK Grid Mode Active 03 xPCMi4QRegenActive Bool Maintained 1 Grid Mode Island Mode Active 04 xPCMiVHZActive Bool Maintained 1 Island Mode LVRT Enabled 05 xPCMILVRTActive Bool Maintained 1 LVRT Mode Enabled DC Link High 06 xPCMiFaultDCLinkHigh Bool Maintained 1 Fault DC Link Low 07 xPCMiFaultDCLinkLow Maintained 1 Fault Fault Over Frequency 08 xPCMiFaultFregHigh Bool Maintained 1 Fault Fault Under Frequency 09 xPCMiFaultFreqLow Bool Maintained 1 Fault 10 11 12 13 14 15 spare 40339 spare 40341 spare 40343 Rated Inverter
221. rPCMiCndFansSpeedDemand Real M 96 Evaporator Fan Speed Demand 40493 rPLCiSpeedEvapFans Real Pump Speed Command 40495 rHMIqPumpSpeedCommand Real gt R134a Level 40497 rPLCiLevelR134a Real X Interior Relative Humidity 40499 rPLCIRHInterior Real gt PLC State Machine Current State 40501 890GTAIphaQSMState Dword i Enumerated Value 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Programming 33 890GT SunSpec Model Information Holding Reg Description Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units Enum Location that queued PLC State Machine Current State Origin 40503 dwHMIgStateOrigin Dword S current state Current PLC Time Byte Wise Current Target Time 40505 dwHMIqTargetTime Dword i PLC CPU Utilization Total 40507 rHMIqPLCCPULoad Real 90 PLC Chassis Temperature 40509 rFPGAqChassisTemperature Real Degrees Celsius PLC Available Memory 40511 rHMIqPLCAvailableMem Real gt kByte 40513 40475 page B 32 Lo Byte Hi Byte 1 18 Hottest Position DC Panel 40485 page B 32 Lo Byte 1 11 Hottest Position Inverter BusBar 1 15 Hottest Position Cap Door 1 15 Hottest Position Filter BusBar Hi Byte 1 6 Hottest Position MCB 40505 page B 33 Low Word Minutes High Word Hour 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 34 Programming 890GTB Battery Inve
222. re 4 1 Electrical Work Hazard 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 3 Typical Enclosure Protection Function ID Type Rating Location Power Grid Isolation Transformer CB1 TT 200 External Inverter Isolation from Grid CB2 WL 3000 ACCESS 114 8 220V Control Power CB3 HEG 100 ACCESS 4 8 220V LVRT Power F2 FNM 30 ACCESS 4 120V 3 phase to Power Monitor F17 F18 F19 FNQR 2 ACCESS 4 8 AC Surge Suppression 10F8 10F9 10F10 100 55 4 144733030002 Protection Function ID Type Rating Location 24VDC EPO Supply F1 FNM 4 ACCESS 1 230V Aux Power to Heater control F2 FNM 10 ACCESS 1 220V UPS Power for EPO PLC Outputs F3 FNM 5 ACCESS 1 230V Aux Power to LVRT FA FNM 5 ACCESS 1 220V UPS Power to HMI F13 FNM 5 ACCESS 1 220V UPS Power to Power Meter F14 FNM 5 ACCESS 1 PS2 24 LVRT Supply F20 FNM 2 5 ACCESS 1 PS2 24VDC LVRT Supply to Inverter Stack F21 FNM 20 ACCESS 1 PS2 24VDC LVRT Supply F22 FNM 20 ACCESS 1 PS1 24VDC UPS Supply to EPO and PLC I O F23 FNM 5 ACCESS 1 PS3 24VDC Supply to Pump F24 FNM 20 ACCESS 1 PS3 24VDC Supply to Evaporator F25 FNM 20 ACCESS 1 PS1 24VDC UPS Supply F26 FNM 2 5 ACCESS 1 PS3 24VDC Supply to non LVRT F28 FNM 5 ACCESS 1 Typical Inverter Protection Function ID Type Rating Location 3 phase Sync 10F17 10F18 1
223. ride Bool Maintained 1 Override 05 06 07 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Programming B 1 9 890GT SunSpec Model Information Description Holding Reg Address Tag Constant Type Condition Scale Units 08 09 10 11 212 13 14 15 Active Power Priority Enabled Local 00 xHMIqAPPEnabled Bool Maintained 1 Active Power Priority Enabled Local Local VAR Mode Enabled 01 xHMIqLocalVARModeEnabled Bool Maintained 1 Local VAR Mode Enabled 02 03 04 05 06 07 kW kVAR Control Mode Enabled 08 xPCMqkWkVARControl Bool Maintained 1 kW Control Enabled EngDev State kW PID Enabled 09 xHMIikWPIDEnable Bool Maintained 1 kW PID Enabled kVAR PID Enabled 10 xHMIikVARPIDEnable Bool Maintained 1 PID Enabled 141 12 13 Boolean Word 7 bitfield32 Bitwise Reactor U1 Temperature Warning 00 xHMIqWarnTempLCChokeU1 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Reactor V1 Temperature Warning 01 xHMIqWarnTempLCChokeV1 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Reactor W1 Temperature Warning 02 xHMIqWarnTempLCChokeW1 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Reactor U2 Temperature Warning 03 xHMIqWarnTempLCChokeU2 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Reactor V2 Temperature Warning 04 xHMIqWarnTempL
224. rmer fault AC voltage measurement problem AC breaker not functioning properly Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required PCM WATCHDOG FAULT Parallel Control Module watchdog timeout has been detected by main controller Ethernet failure PCM Failure 8903 IM Failure 890 Firmware Update in progress Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required PQMWATCHDOG FAULT Power quality meter watchdog timeout has been detected by main controller Ethernet media failure Power Meter Failure reboot Meter reconfiguration in progress Inverter continues to run Maintenance required SCADA INACTIVE Not receiving commands transfer trip and or updates from the plant SCADA system Inverter is in remote mode and has lost comms with the plant SCADA system Loss of power to the DAS or plant SCADA Configurable timeout setting Enter standalone mode and go back to last retained values if stored or to 100 and unity PF if last mode was not retained Maintenance required TEMP DERATE External ambient is between 50C and 55 Temperature sensor failure It s too hot outside Warning only Derate output to maintain temperatures None 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Typical Ethernet Topology Diagram This diagram provides the IP addresses for the Ethernet Network FOR OTHER COMMS FOR OTHER E NET COMMS
225. rning Annunciated LC Filter Choke L21 L23 Overtemp Switch Thermal Switch Indicates Temp 150C Inverter stops run cooling system Autorestart when internal temp 65C LC Filter Choke L31 L33 Overtemp Switch Thermal Switch Indicates Temp 150C Inverter stops run cooling system Autorestart when internal temp 65C LC Filter Choke L41 L43 Overtemp Switch Thermal Switch Indicates Temp 150C Inverter stops run cooling system Autorestart when internal temp 65C LC Filter Choke U1 U3 Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 Cor 150C Inverter stops run cooling system Autorestart when internal temp 65C LC Filter Choke U1 U3 Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 gt 135 Warning Annunciated LC Filter Choke V1 V3 Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 Cor gt 150 Inverter stops run cooling system Autorestart when internal temp 65C LC Filter Choke V1 V3 Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 gt 135 Warning Annunciated LC Filter Choke W1 W3 Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 Cor gt 150 Inverter stops run cooling system Autorestart when internal temp 65C LC Filter Choke W1 W3 Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 gt 135 Warning Annunciated 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 List of Fault Codes 7 ALARM ME
226. rrent Drive a generic term for an Adjustable Speed Drive ASD or Variable Speed Drive VSD EPO Emergency Power Off FR Flame Resistant HRC Hazard Risk Category HVRT High Voltage Ride Through HMI Human Machine Interface HOL High Operating Limit IGBT Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor Inverter A converter that changes DC current into AC current LOL Low Operating Limit LOTO Lock Out Tag Out LVRT MPPT MPT MVA MW PCM PCS PF Plant PLC PPC PPE P S PV RPI SCADA SP System VAR XML Low Voltage Ride Through Maximum Power Point Tracking Maximum Power Tracking Mega Volt Amperes Apparent Power Megawatts Real Power Parallel Control Module Power Conversion Station Inverter Transformer Pad Power Factor Power Plant Programmable Logic Controller Power Plant Controller Personal Protection Equipment Power Supply Photovoltaic Requested Packet Interval Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition Setpoint Power Plant Control System Volt Ampere Reactive Reactive Power Extensible Markup Language 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Operations 3 1 Chapter 3 Operations System Overview Starting Up Running Shutting Down 9 9 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 3 2 Operations 890GT Communications Topology SDC SCADA Modbus TCP Transformer Parallel IGBT Stack Controller SDC SCADA 890 890GT Modbus T
227. rs WARNING When meggering inductors ensure the inverter is not connected to the inductors The voltage used in megging can damage solid state semiconductors in the inverter DO NOT TOUCH the component under test or the test leads when megging Thermocouple connections Inspect connection for signs of discoloration melting cracking broken pieces and other physical damage or deterioration Clean all loose dirt with lint free rags For contaminates that will not remove easily solvents approved by the manufacturer may be used Examine for evidence of moisture that may lead to tracking or flashover while in operation Examine surrounding areas for signs of tracking arcing or overheating Repair or replace damaged insulators and supports as necessary Examine for any signs of galvanic action Ensure that bolts and connecting devices are tight 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Maintenance 5 1 3 Record Keeping The electrical preventive maintenance program should be well documented as to scope and frequency of maintenance Record all routine maintenance activities and the results of routine testing for trending purposes Document all repair and or replacement of electrical components When changes are made to the electrical distribution system update all applicable drawings and maintenance schedules to reflect the changes Ensure that spare parts inventories are updated for any new equipment add
228. rsonnel Safety Information Requirements Safety Information Product Warnings Safety Application Risks OSHA 29 CFR 1910 269 Arc Flash PPE Approach Boundaries 9 9 9 9 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 1 2 Safety Safety Information E Requirements Intended Users This manual is to be made available to all persons who are required to configure or service equipment described herein or any other associated operation The information given is intended to highlight safety issues and to enable the user to obtain maximum benefit from the equipment Application Area The equipment described is intended for use as power conversion in an energy storage system Personnel Installation operation and maintenance of the equipment should be carried out by qualified personnel qualified person is someone who is technically competent and familiar with all safety information and established safety practices with the installation process operation and maintenance of this equipment and with all the hazards involved Training Qualified personnel must be trained in Safety Related Work Practices Job Hazard Analysis First Aid and CPR Arc Flash Hazards and PPE Requirements both classroom and on the job training are required in accordance with NFPA 70E requirements Retraining is required in intervals not to exceed three years 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Safe
229. rter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Certification C 1 Appendix C Ce rtificatio n This Chapter outlines the additional steps that may be required to achieve EMC conformance 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 C 2 Certification Certificates in progress 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 1 anxo ASSOCIAted Equipment Manuals This Appendix includes Bender Ground Fault Technical Bulletin NAE1012020 pdf National Instrument CompactRIO cRIO 9072 3 4 374639e pdf Stride Industrial Ethernet Switch Address Shark 200 amp 200T Power and Energy Meter Manual E149701 Shark100100T pdf Siemens WL Circuit Breaker Manual Document Order CBIM 01001 0504 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 2 Associated Equipment Bender Ground Fault Monitor See Technical Bulletin NAE1012020 pdf IRDH275 Series Digital Ground Fault Monitor Ground Detector for Ungrounded Floating AC DC Systems DESCRIPTION This device meets or exceeds the requirements of NEC 250 21 B and CEC 10 106 2 for ground detectors in ungrounded AC systems as well as the upcoming 2014 requirement of NEC 250 167 A for ungrounded DC systems The IRDH275 monitors for ground faults in ungrounded single phase AC three phase AC and DC systems by monitoring the system s insulation resistance It may be connected to systems of up to 793 VAC 650 VDC Voltage coupler accessories suc
230. rter in active power control mode In the case when this mode is on the inverter will limit its maximum output to the given active power limit Active Pwr Limit The inverter may adhere to a ramp rate limit if so configured to reach the new set point Note that no action is necessary if the inverter is already producing less active power limit or the inverter is already turned off for other reasons When this mode is turned off the inverter will continue its normal operation without this constraint VAR Control Mode The purpose of this command is to set the inverter VAR control mode or Power Factor mode assumed to be default In the VAR control mode the inverter is provided a target for reactive power production The inverter should produce that reactive power as long as it capable of doing so and it is within its normal operating limits LVRT Event Behaviour In general the Inverter LVRT behaviour should take precedence over the commands from the control system If and when possible the inverter should maintain the commanded set points Active and Reactive after fault removal If there is a communication loss following an LVRT event or other causes and the communications are not re established within a configurable time period the inverter should revert to default stand alone mode of operation Stand Alone Mode In Stand Alone mode the Inverter should limit its Active Power generation to the level at the time of transitioning to Stand Alone mode
231. rther investigation by users having technical expertise Users through their own analysis and testing are solely responsible for making the final selection of the system and components and assuming that all performance endurance maintenance safety and warning requirements of the application are met Users must analyze all aspects of the application follow all applicable industry standards and follow the information concerning the product in the current catalog and in any other materials provided from Parker or its subsidiaries or authorized distributors To the extent that Parker or its subsidiaries or authorized distributors provide component or system options are based upon data or specifications provided by the user the user is responsible for determining that such data and specifications are suitable and sufficient for all applications and reasonably foreseeable uses of the components or systems 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Battery Inverter Manual Table of Contents CHAPTER 1 SAFETY 22 1 1 Producir Nar NE RE 1 3 E T 1 4 RISK ASSESS MENE sac M 1 5 Parker
232. s insulators and surge arrestors of any dirt or dust accumulation Tighten all conductor connections in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations If applicable perform a ground resistance test to ensure a value of 25 ohms or less NOTE If cleaning solvents are used ensure that they are as recommended by the manufacturer Where abnormal environmental conditions exist more frequent inspection and cleaning may be required 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Maintenance 5 1 5 General Inspection NOTE A General Inspection should be performed on each visit to the Enclosure General Inspections are cursory in nature and not intended to be inordinately time consuming Silent operation of the fans General state of the enclosure external such as cleanliness and corrosion Obstruction of the ventilation 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 5 1 6 Maintenance Condenser Maintenance and Service WARNING Disconnect all power before service Ensure Battery Disconnects are Open and Locked Out Tagged Out Ensure Isolation Transformer Disconnect is Open and Locked Out Tagged Out General Guidelines for the Servicing and Maintenance of Refrigerant Cooled Inverters The purpose of this section is to provide a reference for anyone involved in the operation installation or maintenance of the Parker EGT line of refrigerant cooled inverters Overview Refrigerant coole
233. sbar Temperatures 15 For each string the hottest temperature and its location within the 890GTB will be available to the user Type K Thermocouple sensors monitor each of the chokes in the Tuned Filter 9 the DC Power supplies 1 internal ambient temperature 1 external ambient temperature 1 the Main Circuit Breaker Arc Flash Box area 1 the Surge Suppression panel area 1 Refrigerant Condenser inlet 1 and Refrigerant Condenser outlet 1 Figure 3 27 Temperature Sensor 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Operations 3 21 Typical Enclosure Access Provisions Figure 3 28 Typical 2MW Enclosure Access Provisions Table 3 3 Typical Enclosure Access Enclosure Access HMI Access Door Inverter Access Door Capacitor Inductor Access Breaker Access Door DC Input Access DC Input Access Inner DC Input Access Breaker Access 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 3 22 Operations DETAIL B arid DETAIL C 12 Figure 3 30 ACCESS DOOR 1 Figure 3 31 ACCESS DOOR 1 LA473303U002 ACCESS DOOR 1 ACCESS DOOR 1 LA473303U002 LA473304U001 PLC A1 T C Input Modules Analog Input Modules Digital Input HMI E STOP Selector Switches Modules Digital Output Module Spare PLC Slot PLC Winford Breakout Box A2 Ethernet Port A7 PLC Adapter Card A9 Digital Interfa
234. shall always take precedence Never perform high voltage resistance checks on the wiring without first disconnecting the inverter from the circuit being tested Whilst ensuring ventilation is sufficient provide guarding and or additional safety systems to prevent injury or damage to equipment When replacing a component an application and before returning to use it is essential that all user defined parameters for the product s operation are correctly installed All control and signal terminals are SELV that is protected by double insulation Ensure all external wiring is rated for the highest system voltage All exposed metalwork in the inverter is protected by basic insulation and bonded to a safety earth Residual current devices RCDs are not recommended for use with this product but where their use is mandatory only Type B RCDs should be used EMC In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case supplementary mitigation measures may be required This equipment contains electrostatic discharge ESD sensitive parts Observe static control precautions when handling installing and servicing this product This is a product of the restricted sales distribution class according to IEC 61800 3 It is designated as professional equipment as defined in EN61000 3 2 Permission of the supply authority shall be obtained before connection to the low voltage supply 890GTB Bat
235. system sub systems and Parker EGT components These may be referred to throughout this manual Battery Inverter Training Guide System Installation Manual Battery Enclosure Manual Firmware Version 5 1 Manual 8903 IM 8903 IP amp 8903 PN Ethernet Communications Option HA473002U201 HG473003U201 HA473578U211 HA473746U001 HA500522 pdf HPC HPX Series PowerStation User Guide HPXUG pdf IPC IPX Series PowerStation Series Hardware User Manual IPX IPC USER MANUAL pdf System Circuit Diagram HB473000U002 System One Line Diagram HH473000U002 System Communications Diagram 4730000002 Control Assembly Panel 144733030002 HB473303U002 In addition documentation for key third party components is included in Appendix D of this manual Bender Ground Fault Technical Bulletin National Instrument CompactRIO cRIO 9072 3 4 NAE1012020 pdf 374639e pdf Shark 200 amp 200T Power and Energy Meter Manual E149701 Shark200 User Manual pdf Siemens WL Circuit Breaker Manual Document Order CBIM 01001 0504 Stride Industrial Ethernet Switches SunSpec Alliance Specifications 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 sesw8uwt pdf 2 4 Getting Started Abbreviations Definitions AC Alternating Current ANSI American National Standards Institute APT Active Power Tracking AVR Automatic Voltage Regulation Converter device that converts one type of energy to another AC AC AC DC DC DC or DC AC DC Direct Cu
236. t Filter Busbar Temperature Fault 6A10 09 xHMIqFaultTempFltrBusBar6A10 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter Busbar Temperature Fault 6A11 10 xHMIqFaultTempFltrBusBar6A11 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter Busbar Temperature Fault 6A12 xHMIqFaultTempFltrBusBar6A12 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter Busbar Temperature Fault 6A13 12 xHMIqFaultTempFltrBusBar6A13 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter Busbar Temperature Fault 6A14 1 xHMIqFaultTempFltrBusBar6A14 Bool Maintained 1 Fault Filter Busbar Temperature Fault 6A15 14 xHMIqFaultTempFltrBusBar6A15 Bool Maintained 1 Fault 15 Bool Boolean Word 14 40301 bitfield32 Bitwise Cap Door Busbar Temperature Warning 7A1 00 xHMIqWarnTempCapDoor7A1 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Cap Door Busbar Temperature Warning 7A2 01 xHMIqWarnTempCapDoor7A2 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Cap Door Busbar Temperature Warning 7 02 xHMIqWarnTempCapDoor7A3 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Cap Door Busbar Temperature Warning 7A4 03 xHMIqWarnTempCapDoor7A4 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Cap Door Busbar Temperature Warning 7A5 04 xHMIqWarnTempCapDoor7A5 Bool Maintained 1 Warning Cap Door Busbar Temperature Warning 7A6 05 xHMIqWarnTempCapDoor7A6 Bool Maintained 1 Warning 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Programming 27 890GT SunSpec Model Information
237. t Protection Overvoltage Protection DC Disconnection Method Surge Protection Software Programmable Electronic Trip and PV Fuses Included Type 2 surge arrestor Options Available Type 2 surge arrestor Rated Output at up to 35C kVA 1200 Rated Output at 50C kVA 1080 Nominal Output Voltage Volts AC 400 Nominal Output Frequency Hz 50 60 Power Factor Range 1 0 Current Distortion 96 3 Overvoltage Protection AC Circuit Breaker Performance Data 1450 1800 2200 1305 1620 1980 480 480 400 50 60 50 60 50 60 1 0 1 0 1 0 lt 3 lt 3 lt 3 Included Type 2 surge arrestor 65kA Interrupt Rating Efficiency Max CEC Estimated Auxiliary and Cooling System Losses Noise Emission Audible Sensors and User Interface 98 7 lt 6 KVA typical lt 9kVA max lt 80 typical 87dBA max User Interface Communications Protocol Options Control and Monitoring System Stored Data at 1 sec sample rate Qty of Monitored Internal Temperatures 10 4 TFT LCD Touch screen Modbus TCP Optional Ethernet IP CanOpen DNP3 EtherCAT PROFIBUS Included 45 days 112 Including busbars ambient choke IGBTs Single Phase or Three Phase 65kA Interrupt Rating 65kA Interrupt Rating External Auxiliary Supply Control Power Breaker Auxiliary Power Breaker Mechanical User Interface Anti Condensation Heaters Ground Fault Current Monitoring and Protection Specifications are subject to change EPO Button
238. tatus Enumerated value 40196 various bitfield16 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Programming B 1 1 connection status disconnected 0 connected 1 40197 bitfield16 AC lifetime active real energy output 40198 dwPQMiWattHourTotal acc64 Wh AC lifetime apparent energy output 40202 dwPQMiVAHourTotal acc64 VAh AC lifetime reactive energy output in quadrant 1 40206 0 64 VArh AC lifetime reactive energy output in quadrant 2 40210 0 acc64 VArh AC lifetime negative energy output in quadrant 3 40214 0 acc64 VArh AC lifetime reactive energy output in quadrant 4 40218 0 acc64 VArh Amount of VARs available without impacting watts output 40222 various int16 Var Scale factor for available VARs 40223 3 sunssf Amount of Watts available 40224 various uint16 Ww Scale factor for available Watts 40225 3 sunssf Bit Mask indicating setpoint limit s reached 40226 dwPLCqNotlmplemented bitfield32 Bit Mask indicating which inverter controls are currently active 40228 dwPLCqNotlmplemented bitfield32 Source of time synchronization 40230 string Seconds since 01 01 2000 00 00 UTC 40234 current TS 12 00 00 01 01 200 TS uint32 S Bit Mask indicating active ride through status 40236 xPCMILVRTActive bitfield16 Isolation resistance 40237 wPLCqNotlmplemented uint16 S
239. teed Trip unit defective 9 21 Last Trip Displayed when Query Button is pushed Ground fault tripping G tripping If the trip unit is equipped with ground fault protection module loads be protected against unpermissibly high ground fault currents 1 Ground Fault time delay t determines the maximum duration of a Ground Fault without tripping Neutral conductor protection N tripping If the trip unit is equipped with a Neutral Conductor protection module loads be protected against unpermissibly high neutral currents In For tripping the same long time delay tr applies as for overload tripping For more in depth information refer to the SIEMENS circuit breaker Operator Manual 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 36 Associated Equipment Inspections and Maintenance AX DANGER Hazardous voltages are present during operation The inspection procedure according to the most current version of NEMA AB4 section 3 must be performed once a year Will cause death serious personal injury or equipment property damage De energize and secure all primary and secondary circuits before performing service on Low Voltage Switchboard or Low Voltage Circuit Breakers strictly adhereing to OSHA lock out The arc chutes and contact system must be i x ag out policies inspected according to these operation instructions If a fault condition opens the circuit breaker the circuit breaker should
240. tery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Safety 1 5 Safety Information wmm CAUTION Application Risks e The specifications processes and circuitry described herein are for guidance only and may need to be adapted to the user s specific application We cannot guarantee the suitability of the equipment described in this Manual for individual applications Risk Assessment Under fault conditions power loss or unintended operating conditions the inverter may not operate as intended In particular Stored energy might not discharge to safe levels as quickly as suggested and can still be present even though the inverter appears to be switched off An inverter is a component within a system that may influence its operation or effects under a fault condition Consideration must be given to e Stored energy e Supply disconnects e Sequencing logic e Unintended operation 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 1 6 Safety Safety Information 55 OSHA Electric Power Generation transmission and distribution safety standards 29 1910 269 consideration Workers may be exposed to arc flash hazards electric shocks and burns that can cause injury and death when making battery or grid connections Do not work on connections to the battery container or the grid without proper safety considerations Safe work practices as proscribed in OSHA s Electric Power Generation Transmission and Distribut
241. the circuit breaker frame and trip unit should be replaced If the threaded inserts in the circuit breaker base are stripped or cross threaded the circuit breaker frame should be replaced If there is no evidence of pitting or melting on the connecting surfaces and the threaded inserts appear to be in good condition reinstall the trip unit in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions WIRE CONNECTORS If conductors are removed from the wiring connectors the following steps should be performed Examine wire connectors If the wire connectors appear to be in good condition they may be reused If the connectors screws or their plating appear worn or damaged or there is evidence of cross threading or binding the connector assembly should be replaced If the wire conductors are damaged the damaged length of the conductors should be cut off Appropriate joint compound must be used with aluminum conductors if specified by the circuit breaker manufacturer All wire connectors should be torqued in accordance with the nameplate marking or the circuit breaker manufacturer s instructions REINSTALLATION PROCEDURE If the breaker needs to be reinstalled or replaced follow the safety installation procedures and the manufacturer installation instructions 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 46 Associated Equipment TEST PROCEDURES Some industrial users have indicated that they are required to conduct operational tests
242. the inverter cooling system The weight of the refrigerant being removed must be determined to prevent the possibility of overfilling the recovery tank and know how much refrigerant has been lost WARNING A recovery tank filled beyond 80 of its capacity can explode under certain circumstances due to the expansion characteristics of the refrigerant as temperature increases A 30 pound recovery tank should NEVER be filled with more than 24 pounds of refrigerant Refrigerant fill weights are system specific and are dependent upon the type of heat exchanger and the distance between the inverter and the heat exchanger It is suggested that all documentation for each recovery unit be read and understood before initial use of the unit There may be subtle differences in their operation that are model specific 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 5 1 8 Maintenance Standard Practices for Using Refrigerant Recovery Units This section will briefly familiarize untrained personnel with the procedures necessary to safely remove and replace refrigerant in the refrigerant cooled inverter By adhering to a few general guidelines the care and maintenance of the cooling system will be a simple straightforward process Avoid contamination of refrigerant and system The system can be contaminated by not purging air from the refrigerant hoses charging manifold or the recovery unit itself The recovery tanks should be purchased ne
243. ther values it is ON Activates password Press severaltimes protection Remember to perform a CONFIG SAVE if you need the password saved on power down 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Inverter Keypad A 1 7 Using Password Protection Whenever password protection is active the PASSWORD screen is displayed when you attempt to change any SETUP PARAMETER value You must enter the correct password to temporarily deactivate password protection The following table illustrates entering a password To re activate existing password protection press the key several times until PASSWORD LOCKED appears on the display Action Description Comments Display Use to try change setpoint Display changes briefly Message displays for about 1 second Pes hok Display changes Display shows default password Press Use to set Enter password Example the password 15 0002 PASSWORD With correct password entered can Press piay change parameters as needed Exit to menu level 1 and When finished with changes reactivate Press severaltimes activate password password 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 1 8 Inverter Keypad Inverter Keypad Fault List This table provides a list of the fault messages that appear on the inverter keypad the meaning of the message an
244. tience and diligence Reforming applies voltage to the capacitor but in a controlled manner so if the plates are shorted internally the current is limited to a safe value This allows the oxide layer to slowly reform without producing excessive heat and gases Reforming can be avoided by applying power to the components periodically 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 5 8 Maintenance Circuit Protection Devices Circuit breakers and ground fault circuit interrupters require operation or testing as recommended by the equipment manufacturer According to IEC standard 60947 1 Low Voltage Switchgear and Control gear The manufacturer shall specify in his documents or catalogues the conditions if any for installation operation and maintenance of the equipment during operation and after a fault and measures to be taken with regard to the equipment Main Circuit Breaker CB2 Disassemble Inspect Reassemble Refer to Siemens WL Circuit Breaker Operating Manual 32X1812 0WL20 1ANO Section 24 Catalog No WLULOPMAN1 Order CBIM 01001 0504 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Molded case circuit breakers should be kept clean for proper ventilation of the breakers These types of breakers usually tripped by a thermal element that senses increase in temperature due to excessive current draw However if dirt accumulates on the surrounding of the breaker the heat build up may not be permitted to dissipate
245. tions O or U Lug Electrical Connection Quick Connect 0 25 Male Tab Fault Withstand at 239C 100A 10sec 300A 3sec 500A 1sec Reading Programmable Full Scale to any CT Ratio See page D 26 for Electrical Connections 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 23 Isolation All Inputs and Outputs are galvanically isolated to 2500 VAC Environmental Rating Storage 20 to 70 C Operating 20 to 70 C Humidity to 95 RH Non condensing Measurement Methods Voltage Current True RMS Power Sampling at 400 Samples per Cycle on All Channels Measured Readings Simultaneously A D Conversion 6 Simultaneous 24 bit Analog to Digital Converters Update Rate Watts VAR and VA Every 6 cycles All other parameters Every 60 cycles Communication Format Shark 200 meter RS485 485P and RJ45 INP10 port through backplate NOTE KYZ pulse comes with both the RS485P and INP10 communication ports Protocols Modbus RTU Modbus ASCII DNP 3 0 V 3 and V 4 Com Port Baud Rate 9 600 to 57 600 bps Com Port Address 001 247 Data Format 8 Bit No Parity Shark 200 Transducer Default Initial Communication Baud 9600 see Chapter 5 The Shark 200 meter is designed in three forms that each has communication capability The first form uses RS485 serial communication This allows the meter to be wired in a daisy chain connection along with other meters and to communicate data back via serial prot
246. tive when several ungrounded systems are coupled together via a tiebreaker or other means The disconnect relays and control inputs F1 F2 integrated into the IRDH275 guarantee no interference with other BENDER devices when the system tiebreaker is closed IRDH275B models feature automatic control via RS 485 with no control inputs necessary The IRDH275 series uses the AMPPlus measuring principle This measuring principle allows for the precise monitoring of modern power supply systems pure DC systems systems where AC DC rectification and power conversion may occur systems with variable frequency drives VFDs and systems with high leakage capacitances 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 D 4 Associated Equipment 2 IRDH275 B 1 2 4 5 6 7 External supply voltage used to power device Wiring diagram for a three phase system Only two connec tions to the system are necessary to monitor all three phases Wiring diagram for a single phase system Wiring diagram for a DC system Equipment ground connections External test button normally open contact External reset button normally closed contact When the terminals are open the fault message will not be stored Standby contact When the contact is closed no insulation measurements take place 10 m 12 Fy GREG 11 12 IRDH275 Analog output electrically isolated 0 400 uA IRDH275B Analog output electrically isolated 0
247. to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation operation or maintenance Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the Purchaser s purposes the matter should be referred to the local Siemens Sales Office The contents of that instruction manual shall not become part of or modify any prior or existing agreement commitment or relationship The sales contract contains the entire obligations of Siemens The warranty contained in the contract between the parties is the sole warranty of Siemens Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or modify the existing warranty Designations in this documentation can be trade marks Use by third parties for their own purposes violates the owner s rights Circuit Breaker Testing and Inspections shall be accomplished in accordance with the most current publication of ANSI NEMA AB 4 GUIDELINES FOR INSPECTION AND PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE OF MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS USED IN COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS by qualified persons only 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Associated Equipment D 29 SIEMENS WL Circuit Breaker Nomenclature 1 Arcchute Inspection 24 5 13 Draw out unit transport shaft 14 Options label 2 1 15 Grounding terminal 15 29
248. ty 1 3 Safety Information N Earth Ground Caution Protective Conductor Refer to documentation Caution Risk of electric shock Hazards 1 This equipment can endanger life by exposure to high 5 For measurements use only a meter to IEC 61010 CAT III or higher voltages Always begin using the highest range CAT and CAT II meters must not 2 The equipment must be permanently earthed due to the high be used on this product earth leakage current and the supplies and loads must be connected to an appropriate safety earth 6 Under normal circumstances the AC and DC Bus should discharge within 10 minutes Use a meter capable of measuring up to 1500 VDC amp 600 VAC RMS to confirm that less than 50V is present on the DC BUS and between all power terminals and earth before working on or near the DC Bus 3 Ensure all incoming supplies are isolated before working on the equipment Be aware that there may be more than one supply connection to the inverter 4 There may still be dangerous voltages present at power terminals battery inputs and DC bus when the inverter is 7 Unless otherwise stated this product must NOT be dismantled In the stopped event of a fault the component must be returned 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 1 4 Safety Safety Information Safety Where there is conflict between EMC and Safety requirements personnel safety
249. types of Inverter information menu items in Navigation mode parameter values in Parameter mode and alarms along with status information in Trip mode Parameter Mode Parameter mode displays a parameter value like in Figure 3 3 The parameter value is shown with units The types of units are A for Amps Hz for frequency S for seconds V for volts and 96 for percentage Navigation Mode Figure 3 4 shows a typical menu item in Navigation mode In this mode the top line shows the current menu and the bottom line shows the menu level like menu at level 1 Trip Mode The inverter is in Trip mode when the OK LED is flashing Figure 3 5 shows a sample alarm message Look up the Display Message in the tables in the Inverter Keypad Fault List Page A 18 for information on every alarm Figure 3 3 Parameter Display Figure 3 4 Menu Display Figure 3 5 Alarm Display 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Inverter Keypad A 5 Status LEDs There are seven status LEDs on the keypad Each LED operates one of three different ways C 2 OFF 269 FLASH ON Figure 3 6 shows the seven status LEDs The sequence and reference LEDs indicate the control mode either Local or Remote The reverse forward start and stop LEDs show direction and operating status The following tables describe their functions in more detail Ref OK Health Sequence and Reference Reverse and Forward Run Figure 3 6 6901
250. ual reset required Maintenance required while it was running in local mode FirstTrip 12 The output current being drawn from the Inverter OVERCURRENT is too high Short circuit of the output Excessive Automatic Restart 5 Possible maintenance required line disturbance FirstTrip 3 The Inverter internal DC link voltage is too high The OVERVOLTAGE supply voltage is too high Failure to synchronize Automatic Restart 5 Possible maintenance required properly to the line FirstTrip 1 PCM WATCHDOG FAULT Ethernet failure PCM Failure 8903 IM Failure 890 Firmware Update in progress Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required PLC POM Comms Loss Watchdog timed out PLC SDC Comms Loss Watchdog timed out PLC Available Memory 10kBytes PLC MEMORY APPROACHING MAXIMUM Warning Annunciated PQM WATCHDOG FAULT Ethernet media failure Power Meter Failure reboot Meter reconfiguration in progress Inverter continues to run Maintenance required PUMP FAULT There s an issue with the cooling system or cooling system controller No power to the pump board Refrigerant temp too high Pump failure Thermocouple failure Wiring fault Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 8 List of Fault Codes R134a Level Fault R134a Level below minimum level Inverter continues to r
251. ugh The following graph shows the pre programmed trip times for the 890GT Default Setting for VRT UL1741 IEEE1547 Over V 3 a Op EE gt UL1741 IEEE1547 Under V Time seconds The 890GT can also be programmed to withstand HVRT and LVRT magnitude limits and times that meet or exceed the requirements listed in PRC 024 1 the BDEW requirements and UL1741 IEEE1547 Programming of the thresholds should only be performed by trained maintenance or service personnel This graph shows the maximum configurable hold up time of the inverter For needs outside of these capabilities consult the factory 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 1 6 Technical Specifications Parker 3 Phase Voltage Ride Through Capability HVRT Limit VRT Limit 3 a o gt 5 1 0 75 0 5 0 25 0 0 25 0 5 0 75 1 125 1 5 1 75 2 225 2 5 275 3 3 25 3 5 3 75 4 4 25 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Technical Specifications E 1 7 FqRT The 890GT can maintain grid connection through grid frequency shifts that exceed the requirements of WECC and PRC 024 1 The 890GTB comes pre programmed to meet the requirements of IEEE 1547 and UL1741 The frequency trip points are o Frequency 60 5 Hz disconnection within 0 16 seconds o Frequency 57 0 Hz disconnection within 0 16 seconds o Frequency 57 5Hz dis
252. un shutdown immanent due to OVERTEMPERATURE R134a Level Warning R134a Level close to minimum level Warning Annunciated R134CNDINLET TEMP Measured refrigerant temp at condenser inlet is approaching fault limit The condenser fans are not spinning fast enough or at all The pump module is not active The pump module setpoint is too low Not enough refrigerant in the system Temperature sensor failure Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required R134PMPINLET TEMP Measured refrigerant temp at pump inlet is approaching fault limit The condenser fans are not spinning fast enough or at all The pump module is not active The pump module setpoint is too low Not enough refrigerant in the system Temperature sensor failure Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required Relative Humidity Heating Active SQL Connection Issue Heater active due to high Relative Humidity Watchdog timed out Warning Annunciated Warning Annunciated STACK MISMATCH U V and W phase CD modules are not the same build Wrong CD module was assembled or added to the Inverter FirstTrip 80 Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required STACK TRIP One of the following has occurred but the Inverter was unable to distinguish which event happened overcurrent desat or overvoltage event Refer to the overcurrent desat and overvoltage causes FirstTrip 41
253. urcing Voltage Range 6 36 Continuous Output Current 6 30V 250 mA 36V 200 mA Output Impedance Continuous Overvoltage Protection 40V max Short Circuit Protection indefinite when shorted to or Current Consumption Power Consumption Active Mode 250 mW max 1 5 W 9 70 max Sleep Mode 25 uW max 30 mW 9 70 C max Update Rate 20 us max 10 1ms 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 8 Technical Specifications Relay Output Details DOUTA DOUT5 DOUT6 DOUT4_A DOUT4_B es race as DOUT5 A DOUT5 B DOUT6 B Reference Output Details Terminal X12 08 amp X12 09 ae Maximum Output Current 1 Overload Short Circuit Protection Indefinite 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Technical Specifications E 9 Thermocouple Input Details NI 9213 Thermocouple Inputs 16 Thermocouple Channels 1 Internal autozero channel 1 internal cold junction compensation channel Range TYPE J K T E N B R S Thermocouple ranges Voltage measurement range 78 125 mV Impedance Input Current Resolution Conversion Time High resolution 55 ms Sample Rate High resolution 1S s Sample rate can be faster if all inputs are not used High speed 75S s Temperature Range 40 C to 70 C Warm up Time 15 minutes User 24V Output Details Grid Tie Inverter User 24V Output A supply provided for powering external equipment or for providing po
254. vaporator Fan P X X 6 A10 1 LA473974 Digital Interface Assy Digital Board P X X 6 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 1 7 A9 1 LA473505 PLC Adapter Card Analog Board P X X 6 A9 1 LA472975 PLC Adapter Card Analog Board P X X 6 CABLE 1 2 CM471619U003 CABLE CAT 5 ETHERNET 3 FEET P X X 6 CABLE 1 2 CM471619U007 CABLE CAT 5 ETHERNET 7 FEET P X X 6 CABLE 1 2 CM471619U018 CABLE CAT 5 ETHERNET 18 FEET P X X 6 CABLE 2 CM472916U001 ASSY 6W 4W SHORT P X X 6 CABLE 2 CM472916U002 ASSY 6W 4W MEDIUM P X X 6 CABLE 2 CM472916U003 CBL ASSY 6W 4W LONG P X X 6 CABLE 2 CM472916U004 ASSY 6W 4W P X X 6 CABLE 1 PLC 37 pin Shielded I O Cable X X 6 CABLE 1 PLC 37 pin Shielded 1 0 Cable P X X 6 DCPC 5 DC Contactor 500A 1000VDC 1NO P X X 1 6 10A1 2 8903 1M 00 00 ETHERNET MODBUS TCP TECHBOX X X 6 10A1 2 LA471775U001 Pump Controller X X 6 10F20 4 8 Surge Suppression Fuse X X 1 6 12A2 2 LA471775U001 Evaporator Fan Controller X X 6 A4 4 8 DA473172U001 Power Meter Modbus TCP 90 265VAC X X 6 CB2 4 8 AC Circuit Breaker 600VAC 3000A X X 1 3 4 6 CT P1 2 4 8 AC Current Transformers 4000 5 0 396 X X 1 6 EPO 1 Relay Safety X X 6 F8 10 4 8 DC AJT Fuse 1000VDC 100A X X 6 2 3 Refrigerant Pump X X 4 6 12RT1 2 3 Thermistor R134a Return Air P X 6 C1 2 1 LVRT Capacitor 400VDC 10000uF
255. verter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Troubleshooting 4 1 9 Typical I O Associated Fault Codes NOTE See Appendix F for more information and for a list of annunciated system faults and warnings FAULT MESSAGE SLOT POINT TYPE MEANING DESCRIPTION Inverter stops run cooling system Aux Power CB Area Ambient Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40C gt 70C 1 14 TC TC13 Autorestart when internal temp lt 65 Aux Power CB Area Ambient Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20 gt 65 Warning Annunciated Inverter stops run cooling system Aux Power Transformer Area Ambient Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 C gt 70 C p sy 1 15 TC TC14 Autorestart when internal temp lt 65C Aux Power Transformer Area Ambient Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20C gt 65C Warning Annunciated Inverter stops run cooling system Cap Door Therminal Temperature Fault 7A1 7A15 12 Measured Temp lt 40 C 100 UE Autorestart when internal temp 65C 13 Index Cap Door Therminal Temperature Warning 7A1 7A15 Measured Temp lt 20 C gt 90 C Warning Annunciated Inverter stops run cooling system Condenser Inlet Temperature Fault Measured Temp lt 40 C gt 70 C p 85 Autorestart when internal temp lt 65 1 16 TC TC15 Condenser Inlet Temperature Warning Measured Temp lt 20C gt 65C Warning Annunciated Inverter stops run c
256. ves connecting input and output terminals to desired function block parameters creating sequencing logic configuring communication channels and entering desired parameter values This manual describes inverter functionality programmed into a standard Parker EGT grid tie inverter Connecting to a PC Connect the Grid Tie inverter via the USB port on the front of the inverter to your PC using an approved USB lead Configuring the Inverter using the Keypad Refer to Appendix A for instructions using the 6901 keypad 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Programming 3 The keypad is limited to changing parameter values discussed in this chapter Often this is sufficient after the configuration has been loaded using DSELite Saving your Changes If parameter values have been modified the new settings must be saved The inverter will then retain the new settings during power down Refer to Appendix A Page A 12 for instructions on how to save the application Programming with Block Diagrams Block diagram programming provides a visual method of planning the software to suit your application The blocks described here are those blocks used by the Shipping Configuration s in DSELite the configuration shipped with your product may vary The figure below shows a typical block diagram as seen in DSELite Cemani puert Fore Ew BEER The processes performed by the shipping configuration are re
257. vides a list of the fault messages that appear on the HMI the meaning of the message and required action associated with the annunciated fault AUX SUPPLY LOW 120V supply is below LVRT standards Grid brown out event occurred Disable output autorestart when supply is above requirement Troubleshooting 4 45 Possible maintenance required CONDENSER FAIL CONDENSER FAN Condenser Cooling Fans 10A1 INVERTER X15 05 Condenser Fan 1 Health X15 06 Condenser Fan 2 Health Both fans failed Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required One of the fans has failed Warning only Derate output to maintain temperature Maintenance required EXTERNAL AMBIENT External Ambient Temp gt 55 Temperature sensor failure It is too hot outside Shut down Wait until external temp 55C then autorestart Maintenance required if external ambient temp is actually 55C HI FREQ FAULT LOW FREQ FAULT Line frequency out of FqRT boundaries Moving from APP to firmware Verbiage may change Excessive line harmonics Line fault has occurred Disable output manual reset required Maintenance required HIGH AC VOLTS AB HIGH AC VOLTS BC HIGH AC VOLTS CA AC line above VRT standards Faults rolling into VRT MAINS LOSS Verbiage may change Transformer fault Line voltage not regulated well by the utility Disable output manual reset required On Severe H
258. w and never used for any other refrigerant Special care must be taken to completely remove all refrigerant from a recovery tank Introducing a non R 134a refrigerant into the cooling system from a contaminated tank will lower the cooling capacity of the system Air or moisture in the system will have the same effect Avoid loss of lubricant Lubricant can be lost by evacuating refrigerant as a liquid and carrying the oil out of the system while doing so Always make sure to return as much refrigerant as possible in its liquid state to avoid excessive loss of the lubricant Excessive loss of lubricant will shorten system pump life and result in expensive repairs Carefully weigh refrigerant during extraction and recharge of system to ensure the system is correctly filled There is no other way to determine the exact amount of refrigerant in a system Sight glasses on the expansion tanks give an approximation but system performance is the key indicator of refrigerant volume Too much or too little refrigerant will cause poor cooling system performance As mentioned earlier overfilling a recovery tank could lead to a potentially deadly tank explosion Due to the fact that there is no compressor in the system refrigerant must be pumped back into the system by reversing the evacuation process 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Recovering the refrigera nt from system A single pump tray is shown for simplicity Materials need
259. wer to digital inputs Terminal X14 03 Maximum Output Current 2160mA Note the maximum output current is the sum of all 24V sourced outputs i e ipinour1 IpinouT2 user lt 160MA Overload Short Circuit Protection Indefinite 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 10 Technical Specifications Earthing Safety Details ermanent carthed according to EN 618005 For permanent earthing EN 61800 5 states that A cross section conductor of at least 10mm for copper or 16mm aluminium is required Use a copper protective earth conductor of at least 10mm minimum cross section Conductors must be sized in accordance with Local Wiring Regulations which always take precedence As a guide refer to the Input Current for the drive given Electrical Ratings tables Tota al mode 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 Technical Specifications E 1 1 Pump Control Module 144717750001 The Pump Control Module controls up to three refrigerant pumps and an internal cooling fan PLG1 4 It processes one thermistor input for refrigerant temperature and two digital inputs and provides a fault output and two 0 10VDC analog outputs for coolant temperature and condenser fan speed PLG6 PLGI to amp PLGA The Digital Output terminal 7 provides the fault signal It is ON cooling fault when Digital Input 2 terminal 4 ON and any of these conditions occu
260. x A1 Module Component Failure Field Device Connection Failure A1 Controller Program Issue A1 Backplane Connection Failure Module Breakout Box A11 Component Failure Logic does not execute properly System may not Shut Down Depending on exact failure 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 4 1 4 Troubleshooting Loss of a Single PLC Digital Output Point PLC A1 NI9476 Module 5 Digital Interface 1 I O Module Component Failure Field Device Connection Failure A1 Controller Program Issue Connection Failure Logic does not execute properly System may not Shut Down Depending on exact failure Loss of All PLC Digital Assembly A10 A1 Backplane Outputs Digital Interface Assy A10 Component Failure A3 Ethernet Switch Failure A3 Loss of Communications Component Failure No Local Communications A4 Shark Meter Fails Power Quality Meter Loss of Power Component Failure F14 Fuse Short Circuit Overload Component Failure Ethernet Ethernet Failure Cable Failure Noise Keep Running Lose Communication on Shark Meter Lose P and Q close trim Failure Annunciated A5 LCD Touchscreen does not respond Industrial PC Fault PC OS Fault PC Hardware Fault HMI Fault HMI Program Fault HMI Hardware Fault Component Failure HMI does not respond A10 Digital Interface Board No Local C
261. yer of non melting non flammable clothing Category 1 1 21 4 0 cal cm One layer of fire resistant shirt and pants or coveralls Category 2 4 1 8 0 cal cm 1 2 layers cotton underwear fire resistant shirt and pants or coveralls Category 3 8 1 25 0 cal cm 2 3 layers cotton underwear fire resistant shirt and pants coveralls Category 4 25 1 40 0 cal cm 3 4 layers cotton underwear fire resistant shirt and pants or coveralls multilayer flash suit Boundary indicates the minimum working distance of the worker s face and chest Incident energy measured in calories per square centimetre cal cm Incident Energies exceeding 40 cal cm are deemed too hazardous for live work 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 1 8 Safety Example PPE Task Chart Perform infrared thermography and non contact inspections 0 Circuit Breaker Fused Switch operation with covers on 0 Perform infrared thermography and non contact inspections inside limited approach cover off 3 18 60 N Circuit Breaker or Fused Switch operation with covers off 3 18 60 Y Remove bolted covers or hinged covers for access to energized electrical conductors 3 18 60 N Work on energized electrical conductors including voltage testing 3 18 60 Y Entry into Enclosure Not Allowed while energized WD indicates Working Distance the minimum working distance of the worker s face and chest
262. zards are present or likely to be present the employer shall 1 Select and have each affected employee use the types of PPE that will protect the affected employee from the hazards identified 2 Communicate selection decisions to each affected employee and 3 Select PPE that properly fits each affected employee The employer has to verify that the required workplace hazard assessment has been performed through a written certification that identifies the workplace evaluated the person certifying that the evaluation has been performed the date s of the hazard assessment and which identifies the document as a certification of hazard assessment 890GTB Battery Inverter Power Manual HA473578U201 Issue 01 6 8 Personal Protective Equipment Personal Protective Equipment Inspection All PPE is to be inspected prior to and after each use If the PPE is damaged do not use it Damaged PPE must be replaced Hard Hats Class G or A helmets help protect against impact and low voltage electrical conductors Shells are proof tested at 2200 volts of electrical charge e Class E or B helmets help protect against impact and high voltage electrical conductors Shells are proof tested at 20 000 volts e 1 Hardhats protect against impacts to the top of the head e 2 Hardhats protect the head from top and side impacts INSPECTION e The suspension system is not excessively worn e The straps are not torn e The plastic com

890GTB Battery Inverter Product Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents